1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
68 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
69 static void dwarf2out_source_line PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
72 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
73 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
74 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
75 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
76 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
77 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
78 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
79 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
80 CIE = Common Information Entry
81 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
82 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
83 FDE = Frame Description Entry
84 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
85 how to restore registers
87 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
88 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
90 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
96 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
97 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
98 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
101 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
102 || flag_unwind_tables
103 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
108 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
110 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
113 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note this must appear
114 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro
118 default_eh_frame_section ()
120 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
121 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
122 int fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
123 int per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
124 int lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
128 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
129 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
130 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
131 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
132 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
133 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
135 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags);
137 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, SECTION_WRITE);
140 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
143 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
144 (*targetm.asm_out.globalize_label) (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
145 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
149 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
150 must be kept around forever. */
151 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray;
153 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
154 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
155 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
156 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types;
158 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
159 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
160 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
161 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
162 define type declaration DIE's. */
163 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table;
165 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
166 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
167 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
170 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
171 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
172 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
174 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
175 Information instructions. The register number, offset
176 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
177 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
179 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
181 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
187 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
189 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
190 long int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
191 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
192 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
196 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
198 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
199 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
200 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
202 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
207 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
208 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
209 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
210 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
211 of this structure. */
212 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
217 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
220 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
221 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
222 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
223 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
224 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
226 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
228 const char *dw_fde_begin;
229 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
230 const char *dw_fde_end;
231 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
232 unsigned funcdef_number;
233 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
234 unsigned nothrow : 1;
235 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
239 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
240 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
242 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
243 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
244 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
245 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
247 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
248 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
251 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
252 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
253 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
256 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
257 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
260 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
262 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
263 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
264 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
266 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
267 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
268 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
269 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
271 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
275 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
276 information for each routine. */
277 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
279 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
280 static unsigned fde_table_allocated;
282 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
283 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
284 static unsigned fde_table_in_use;
287 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
289 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
291 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
292 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
294 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
295 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
296 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
297 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
298 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
299 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
302 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
305 unsigned int refcount;
310 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
312 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
314 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
316 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
318 static char *stripattributes PARAMS ((const char *));
319 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
320 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi PARAMS ((void));
321 static void add_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref));
322 static void add_fde_cfi PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref));
323 static void lookup_cfa_1 PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref,
325 static void lookup_cfa PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
326 static void reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
328 static void initial_return_save PARAMS ((rtx));
329 static long stack_adjust_offset PARAMS ((rtx));
330 static void output_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int));
331 static void output_call_frame_info PARAMS ((int));
332 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust PARAMS ((rtx));
333 static void queue_reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, rtx, long));
334 static void flush_queued_reg_saves PARAMS ((void));
335 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save PARAMS ((rtx));
336 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr PARAMS ((rtx, const char *));
338 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
339 static void output_cfa_loc PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref));
340 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *,
341 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *));
342 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
343 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
344 static void def_cfa_1 PARAMS ((const char *,
347 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
348 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
349 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
352 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
353 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
354 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
356 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
357 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
360 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
361 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
364 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
365 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
368 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
369 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
370 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
371 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
372 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
373 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
374 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
375 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
376 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
377 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
378 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
380 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
381 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
383 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
385 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
387 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
391 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
392 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
393 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
394 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
397 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
398 for the current function. */
399 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
400 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
403 /* Hook used by __throw. */
406 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
408 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM));
411 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
412 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
418 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
423 while (*s && *s != ',')
430 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
433 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address)
437 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
438 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
439 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
441 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
442 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
444 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
445 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode[i]);
450 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
454 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
457 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc)
462 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
463 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
465 return "DW_CFA_offset";
467 return "DW_CFA_restore";
471 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
472 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
473 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
474 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
475 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
476 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
477 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
478 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
479 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
480 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
481 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
482 case DW_CFA_undefined:
483 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
484 case DW_CFA_same_value:
485 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
486 case DW_CFA_register:
487 return "DW_CFA_register";
488 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
489 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
490 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
491 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
493 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
494 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
495 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
496 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
497 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
500 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
501 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
502 case DW_CFA_expression:
503 return "DW_CFA_expression";
504 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
505 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
506 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
507 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
508 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
509 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
511 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
512 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
513 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
516 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
517 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
518 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
519 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
520 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
521 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
524 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
528 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
530 static inline dw_cfi_ref
533 dw_cfi_ref cfi = (dw_cfi_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
535 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
536 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
537 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
542 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
545 add_cfi (list_head, cfi)
546 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
551 /* Find the end of the chain. */
552 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
558 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
561 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
563 static char label[20];
564 static unsigned long label_num = 0;
566 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", label_num++);
567 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
571 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
572 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
575 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi)
581 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
584 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
586 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
587 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
591 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
593 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
595 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
596 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
597 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
600 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
604 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
607 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
610 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc)
612 dw_cfa_location *loc;
614 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
616 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
617 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
619 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
620 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
623 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
624 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
626 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
627 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
634 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
638 dw_cfa_location *loc;
642 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
645 loc->base_offset = 0;
647 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
648 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
650 if (fde_table_in_use)
652 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
653 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
654 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
658 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
659 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
661 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
663 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
665 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
666 static long args_size;
668 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
669 static long old_args_size;
671 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
672 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
673 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
676 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, reg, offset)
686 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
689 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
690 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
693 def_cfa_1 (label, loc_p)
695 dw_cfa_location *loc_p;
698 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
703 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
704 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
706 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
707 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
709 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
710 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
711 && loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect
712 && (loc.indirect == 0 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset))
717 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
719 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
720 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
722 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
723 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
726 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
727 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
730 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
731 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
732 offset has not changed. */
733 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
734 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
738 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
740 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
741 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
742 the specified offset. */
743 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
744 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
745 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
749 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
750 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
751 register-offset pair is available. */
752 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
754 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
755 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
756 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
759 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
762 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
763 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
764 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
765 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
768 reg_save (label, reg, sreg, offset)
774 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
776 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
778 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
779 the value isn't a register number. */
780 if (sreg == (unsigned int) -1)
783 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
785 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
787 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
789 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
791 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
792 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
793 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
795 long check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
797 if (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT != offset)
801 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
803 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
805 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
807 else if (sreg == reg)
808 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
812 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
813 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
816 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
819 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
820 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
821 from the previous frame's window save area.
823 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
824 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
827 dwarf2out_window_save (label)
830 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
832 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
833 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
836 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
837 pushed onto the stack. */
840 dwarf2out_args_size (label, size)
846 if (size == old_args_size)
849 old_args_size = size;
852 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
853 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
854 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
857 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
858 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
861 dwarf2out_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
866 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), -1, offset);
869 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
870 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
873 dwarf2out_return_save (label, offset)
877 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, -1, offset);
880 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
881 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
884 dwarf2out_return_reg (label, sreg)
888 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, sreg, 0);
891 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
892 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
895 initial_return_save (rtl)
898 unsigned int reg = (unsigned int) -1;
899 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
901 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
904 /* RA is in a register. */
905 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
909 /* RA is on the stack. */
911 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
914 if (REGNO (rtl) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
920 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
922 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
926 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
928 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
938 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
939 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
940 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
941 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != CONST_INT)
943 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
950 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
953 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
957 stack_adjust_offset (pattern)
960 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
961 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
962 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
965 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
967 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
968 code = GET_CODE (src);
969 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
970 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
971 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
974 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
978 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
980 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
981 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
982 code = GET_CODE (src);
988 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
990 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
991 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
992 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != PLUS ||
993 GET_CODE (val) != CONST_INT)
995 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1002 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1004 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1011 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1013 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1028 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1029 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1030 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1033 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn)
1036 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1040 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
1042 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1043 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1044 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1045 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1046 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1047 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1048 if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL)
1051 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1055 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1056 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1057 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1060 if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
1062 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1063 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1064 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1065 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1066 offset = -args_size;
1071 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1072 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1073 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1074 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1076 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1078 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1079 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1080 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1088 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1089 cfa.offset += offset;
1091 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1095 args_size += offset;
1099 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1100 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1101 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1106 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1107 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1108 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1110 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1112 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1117 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1119 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1120 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1123 queue_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
1128 struct queued_reg_save *q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1130 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1132 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1133 queued_reg_saves = q;
1135 last_reg_save_label = label;
1139 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1141 struct queued_reg_save *q, *next;
1143 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = next)
1145 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label, REGNO (q->reg), q->cfa_offset);
1149 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1150 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1154 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn)
1157 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1159 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1160 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1167 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1168 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1169 value, not an offset. */
1170 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1172 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1173 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1174 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1177 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1178 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1179 users need not read the source code.
1181 The High-Level Picture
1183 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1184 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1185 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1186 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1187 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1189 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1190 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1191 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1192 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1193 saves. This also seems to work.
1195 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1196 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1197 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1198 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1200 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1201 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1202 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1203 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1205 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1207 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1208 consists of a register and an offset.
1209 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1210 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1211 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1212 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1213 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1214 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1215 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1217 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1218 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1219 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1222 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1223 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1224 and cfa_temp.offset.
1226 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1229 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1230 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1231 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1235 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1236 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1239 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1240 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1241 cfa.offset unchanged
1242 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1243 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1246 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1247 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1248 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1249 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1250 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1251 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1254 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1255 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1256 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1259 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1260 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1262 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1263 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1264 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1267 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1268 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1270 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1271 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1274 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1275 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1276 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1279 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1280 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1281 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1284 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1288 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1289 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1290 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1293 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1294 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1295 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1297 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1300 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1301 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1302 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1304 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1307 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1310 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1311 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1314 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1315 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1316 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1319 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1320 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1321 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1322 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1325 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr, label)
1330 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1332 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1333 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1334 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1335 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1336 flag is set in them. */
1337 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1340 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1342 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1343 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1344 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1346 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1351 if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
1354 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1355 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1357 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1361 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1362 relative to the current CFA register. */
1363 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1365 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1367 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1373 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1374 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1375 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1376 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1377 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1378 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1379 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1385 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1389 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1392 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1395 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) != cfa_temp.reg)
1397 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1403 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1405 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1406 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1408 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1410 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1411 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1413 else if (XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1416 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1418 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1419 cfa.offset += offset;
1420 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1421 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1423 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1426 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1427 or adjusting the FP */
1428 if (! frame_pointer_needed)
1431 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1432 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1433 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1435 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1436 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1438 cfa.offset += offset;
1439 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1446 if (GET_CODE (src) == MINUS)
1450 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1451 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1452 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1454 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1455 into the FP later on. */
1456 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1457 cfa.offset += offset;
1458 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1459 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1460 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1461 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1465 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1466 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1467 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1469 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1470 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1471 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1473 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1474 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1478 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1479 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1481 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1482 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1491 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1492 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1497 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1498 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp.reg
1499 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1502 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1503 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1504 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1507 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1508 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1517 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1521 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
1524 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1526 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1531 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1532 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1534 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1536 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1537 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1540 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1541 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1542 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1544 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1550 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1551 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1554 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1555 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1558 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1559 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1560 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1562 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1566 /* With an offset. */
1570 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1572 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1573 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1576 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1577 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1578 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1579 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1585 /* Without an offset. */
1587 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1588 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1589 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1590 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1597 if (cfa_temp.reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1599 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1600 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1607 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1608 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1609 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1611 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1613 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1615 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1616 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1618 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1619 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, offset);
1624 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1625 calculate the CFA. */
1626 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1628 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1630 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1633 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1634 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1636 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1641 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1642 queue_reg_save (label, src, offset);
1650 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1651 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1652 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1655 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn)
1661 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1663 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1664 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1666 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1668 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM))
1671 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1674 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1678 if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1679 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1681 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1683 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1684 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn);
1689 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1690 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1692 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1694 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1696 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1701 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1702 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1703 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi));
1705 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1706 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (cfi)
1707 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi;
1712 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1713 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1715 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1716 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1717 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1718 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1719 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1720 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1723 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1724 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1725 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1726 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1727 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1728 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1729 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1730 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1731 case DW_CFA_register:
1732 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1734 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1735 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1736 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1737 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1739 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1740 case DW_CFA_expression:
1741 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1748 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1749 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1750 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi));
1752 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1753 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (cfi)
1754 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi;
1758 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1759 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1761 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1762 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1763 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1765 case DW_CFA_register:
1766 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1769 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1773 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1775 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1778 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh)
1783 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1785 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1786 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1787 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1788 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1790 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1791 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
1792 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1793 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1794 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1796 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1797 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1798 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
1799 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1800 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1803 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1804 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1806 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1808 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1810 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1811 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1812 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1815 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1816 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1819 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1820 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1821 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1822 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1825 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1826 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1827 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1828 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1831 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1832 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1833 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1834 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1837 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1838 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1839 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1840 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1843 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1844 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1845 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1847 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1850 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1851 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1852 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1854 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1857 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1858 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1859 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1860 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1861 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1865 case DW_CFA_register:
1866 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1868 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1872 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1873 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1874 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1877 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1878 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1881 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1884 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1885 case DW_CFA_expression:
1886 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
1889 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
1890 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1899 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1900 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1901 location of saved registers. */
1904 output_call_frame_info (for_eh)
1910 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
1911 int any_lsda_needed = 0;
1912 char augmentation[6];
1913 int augmentation_size;
1914 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1915 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1916 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1918 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1919 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
1922 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit any
1923 EH unwind information. */
1926 int any_eh_needed = flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
1928 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
1929 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
1930 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = 1;
1931 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow)
1934 if (! any_eh_needed)
1938 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1943 (*targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section) ();
1945 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
1947 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
1948 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
1950 /* Output the CIE. */
1951 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
1952 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
1953 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1954 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1955 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1957 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1958 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1959 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
1960 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
1961 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1963 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
1965 augmentation[0] = 0;
1966 augmentation_size = 0;
1972 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1973 augmentation section.
1974 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1975 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1976 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1978 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1979 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1981 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1982 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1983 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1985 p = augmentation + 1;
1986 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
1989 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
1991 if (any_lsda_needed)
1994 augmentation_size += 1;
1996 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
1999 augmentation_size += 1;
2001 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2003 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2007 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2008 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2010 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2012 + 1 /* CIE version */
2013 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2014 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2015 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2017 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2018 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2019 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2021 augmentation_size += pad;
2023 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2024 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2025 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) != 1)
2030 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2031 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2032 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2033 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2034 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
2036 if (augmentation[0])
2038 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2039 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2041 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2042 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2043 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2044 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
2047 if (any_lsda_needed)
2048 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2049 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2051 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2052 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2053 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2056 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2057 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2059 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2060 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2061 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2062 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2064 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2065 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2067 fde = &fde_table[i];
2069 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2070 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && for_eh
2071 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2072 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2075 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2076 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2077 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2078 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2080 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2083 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2085 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2090 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2091 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin),
2092 "FDE initial location");
2093 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2094 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2095 "FDE address range");
2099 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2100 "FDE initial location");
2101 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2102 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2103 "FDE address range");
2106 if (augmentation[0])
2108 if (any_lsda_needed)
2110 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2112 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2114 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2115 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2116 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2117 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2118 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2121 if (size_of_uleb128 (size) != 1)
2125 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2127 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2129 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2130 fde->funcdef_number);
2131 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2132 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2133 "Language Specific Data Area");
2137 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2138 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2140 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2141 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2145 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2148 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2150 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2151 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2152 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2154 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2155 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2156 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2157 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2160 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2161 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2162 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2163 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2164 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2165 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2168 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2173 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2177 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (line, file)
2178 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2179 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2181 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2184 current_function_func_begin_label = 0;
2186 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2187 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2188 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2190 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2191 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2194 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2198 function_section (current_function_decl);
2199 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2200 current_function_funcdef_no);
2201 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2202 current_function_funcdef_no);
2203 current_function_func_begin_label = get_identifier (label);
2205 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2206 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2207 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2211 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2212 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2214 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2215 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2216 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2217 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2218 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2221 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2222 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2224 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2225 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2226 fde->dw_fde_begin = xstrdup (label);
2227 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2228 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2229 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2230 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2231 fde->nothrow = current_function_nothrow;
2232 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2233 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2235 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2237 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2238 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2239 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2241 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2245 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2246 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2250 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (line, file)
2251 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2252 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2255 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2257 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2259 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2260 current_function_funcdef_no);
2261 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2262 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2263 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2267 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2269 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2270 fde_table = (dw_fde_ref) ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
2271 * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2272 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2273 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2275 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2276 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2278 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2279 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2280 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2281 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2286 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2288 /* Output call frame information. */
2289 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
2290 output_call_frame_info (0);
2292 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2293 output_call_frame_info (1);
2297 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2298 for emitting location expressions. */
2300 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2301 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2302 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2305 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2306 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2307 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2308 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2310 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2311 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2312 implementation are listed below. */
2317 dw_val_class_offset,
2319 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2320 dw_val_class_range_list,
2322 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2323 dw_val_class_long_long,
2326 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2327 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2328 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2329 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2333 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2334 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2336 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2343 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2345 typedef struct dw_fp_struct GTY(())
2347 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2352 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2353 represented internally. */
2355 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2357 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2358 union dw_val_struct_union
2360 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2361 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2362 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2363 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2364 long int GTY ((default (""))) val_int;
2365 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2366 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2367 dw_float_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float;
2368 struct dw_val_die_union
2372 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2373 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2374 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2375 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2376 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2378 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2382 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2385 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2387 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2388 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2389 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2390 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2395 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2396 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2397 their entire life. */
2398 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2400 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2401 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2402 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2403 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2404 Only on head of list */
2405 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2406 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2409 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2411 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
2412 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom,
2415 static void add_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref *,
2417 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2418 static unsigned long size_of_locs PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2419 static void output_loc_operands PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2420 static void output_loc_sequence PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2422 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2425 dwarf_stack_op_name (op)
2431 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2432 return "DW_OP_addr";
2434 return "DW_OP_deref";
2436 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2438 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2440 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2442 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2444 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2446 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2448 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2450 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2452 return "DW_OP_constu";
2454 return "DW_OP_consts";
2458 return "DW_OP_drop";
2460 return "DW_OP_over";
2462 return "DW_OP_pick";
2464 return "DW_OP_swap";
2468 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2476 return "DW_OP_minus";
2488 return "DW_OP_plus";
2489 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2490 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2496 return "DW_OP_shra";
2514 return "DW_OP_skip";
2516 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2518 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2520 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2522 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2524 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2526 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2528 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2530 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2532 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2534 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2536 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2538 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2540 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2542 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2544 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2546 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2548 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2550 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2552 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2554 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2556 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2558 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2560 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2562 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2564 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2566 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2568 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2570 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2572 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2574 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2576 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2578 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2580 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2582 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2584 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2586 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2588 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2590 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2592 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2594 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2596 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2598 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2600 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2602 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2604 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2606 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2608 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2610 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2612 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2614 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2616 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2618 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2620 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2622 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2624 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2626 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2628 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2630 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2632 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2634 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2636 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2638 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2640 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2642 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2644 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2646 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2648 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2650 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2652 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2654 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2656 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2658 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2660 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2662 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2664 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2666 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2668 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2670 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2672 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2674 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2676 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2678 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2680 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2682 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2684 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2686 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2688 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2690 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2692 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2694 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2696 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2698 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2700 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2702 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2704 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2706 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2708 return "DW_OP_regx";
2710 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2712 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2714 return "DW_OP_piece";
2715 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2716 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2717 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2718 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2721 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
2722 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2724 return "DW_OP_call2";
2726 return "DW_OP_call4";
2727 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2728 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2729 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
2730 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2732 return "OP_<unknown>";
2736 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2737 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2738 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2740 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2741 new_loc_descr (op, oprnd1, oprnd2)
2742 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
2743 unsigned long oprnd1;
2744 unsigned long oprnd2;
2746 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2747 = (dw_loc_descr_ref) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2749 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2750 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2751 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2752 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2753 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2759 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2762 add_loc_descr (list_head, descr)
2763 dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head;
2764 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
2766 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
2768 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2769 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2775 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2777 static unsigned long
2778 size_of_loc_descr (loc)
2779 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2781 unsigned long size = 1;
2783 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2786 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2787 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2806 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2809 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2814 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2815 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2853 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2856 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2859 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2862 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2863 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
2866 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2868 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2869 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2878 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2879 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2888 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2890 static unsigned long
2892 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2896 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2898 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
2899 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
2905 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2908 output_loc_operands (loc)
2909 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2911 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2912 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2914 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2916 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2918 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
2922 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2926 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2930 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG < 64)
2932 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2939 if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc)
2940 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2944 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
2957 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2958 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2959 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2960 only doing unwinding. */
2965 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2968 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2971 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2974 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2976 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2977 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3011 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3014 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3017 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3020 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3021 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3024 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3026 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3027 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3028 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3031 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3032 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3033 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3035 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3042 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3047 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3050 output_loc_sequence (loc)
3051 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3053 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3055 /* Output the opcode. */
3056 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3057 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3059 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3060 output_loc_operands (loc);
3064 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3065 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3068 output_cfa_loc (cfi)
3071 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3074 /* Output the size of the block. */
3075 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3076 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3077 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3079 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3080 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3083 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3084 a dw_cfa_location. */
3086 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3088 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
3090 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3092 if (cfa->indirect == 0)
3095 if (cfa->base_offset)
3098 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3100 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3102 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3103 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3105 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3107 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3108 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3109 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3110 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3112 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3113 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3119 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3120 descriptor sequence. */
3123 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa, loc)
3124 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
3125 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc;
3127 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3129 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3133 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3135 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3171 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3174 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3208 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3209 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3212 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3213 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3218 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3219 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3222 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3223 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3227 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3229 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3230 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3232 /* .debug_str support. */
3233 static int output_indirect_string PARAMS ((void **, void *));
3235 static void dwarf2out_init PARAMS ((const char *));
3236 static void dwarf2out_finish PARAMS ((const char *));
3237 static void dwarf2out_define PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3238 static void dwarf2out_undef PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3239 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file PARAMS ((unsigned, const char *));
3240 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file PARAMS ((unsigned));
3241 static void dwarf2out_begin_block PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3242 static void dwarf2out_end_block PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3243 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block PARAMS ((tree));
3244 static void dwarf2out_global_decl PARAMS ((tree));
3245 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function PARAMS ((tree));
3247 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3249 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3255 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3256 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3257 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3258 dwarf2out_end_block,
3259 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3260 dwarf2out_source_line,
3261 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3262 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3263 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3264 debug_nothing_tree, /* begin_function */
3265 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3266 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3267 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3268 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3269 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3270 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3271 something tries to reference them. */
3272 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3273 debug_nothing_rtx /* label */
3277 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3278 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3279 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3281 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3282 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3283 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3284 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3286 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3287 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3289 typedef long int dw_offset;
3291 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3293 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3294 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3295 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3296 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3297 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3299 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3300 line number associated with the label generated for that
3301 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3302 the line number entry. */
3304 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3306 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3307 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3311 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3313 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3315 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3316 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3317 unsigned long function;
3319 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3321 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3322 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3323 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3325 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3327 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3328 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3329 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3333 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3335 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3337 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3339 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3340 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3341 dw_die_ref die_child;
3343 dw_offset die_offset;
3344 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3349 /* The pubname structure */
3351 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3358 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3363 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3364 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3368 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3372 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3373 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3374 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3377 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3378 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3380 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3381 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3382 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3383 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3384 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3385 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3387 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3388 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3389 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3390 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3391 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3392 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3393 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3394 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3395 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3396 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3398 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3399 language, and compiler version. */
3401 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3402 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3404 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3405 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3407 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3408 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3409 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3410 - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3412 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3413 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3414 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3415 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3416 - (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3418 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3419 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3420 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3421 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3423 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3427 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3428 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3429 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3431 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3432 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3434 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3435 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3437 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3438 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3439 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3440 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3441 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3443 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3444 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3445 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3446 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3449 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3450 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3452 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3453 /* We need special handling in dwarf2out_start_source_file if it is
3455 static int is_main_source;
3458 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3459 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3461 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3462 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3463 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3465 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3466 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3467 number identifying each decl. */
3468 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *decl_die_table;
3470 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3471 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated;
3473 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3474 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3475 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use;
3478 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3480 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3482 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3483 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3484 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3485 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3486 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3488 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3489 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3491 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3492 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3493 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3496 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3497 abbrev_die_table. */
3498 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3500 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3501 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3502 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3503 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3505 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3506 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3508 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3509 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3510 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3513 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3514 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3515 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3516 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3518 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3519 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3521 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3522 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3523 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3526 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3528 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3530 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3531 accessible names. */
3532 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3534 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3535 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3537 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3538 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3539 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3542 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3544 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3546 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3547 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3549 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3550 static unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3552 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3553 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3554 static unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3557 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3559 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3561 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3562 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3564 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3565 static unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3567 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3568 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3569 static unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3571 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3573 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3575 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3576 static unsigned have_location_lists;
3578 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3579 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3581 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3582 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3585 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3587 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3589 static int is_pseudo_reg PARAMS ((rtx));
3590 static tree type_main_variant PARAMS ((tree));
3591 static int is_tagged_type PARAMS ((tree));
3592 static const char *dwarf_tag_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3593 static const char *dwarf_attr_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3594 static const char *dwarf_form_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3596 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3598 static tree decl_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3599 static tree block_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3600 static tree decl_class_context PARAMS ((tree));
3601 static void add_dwarf_attr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref));
3602 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3603 static void add_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3604 enum dwarf_attribute,
3606 static inline unsigned AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3607 static void add_AT_int PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3608 enum dwarf_attribute, long));
3609 static inline long int AT_int PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3610 static void add_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3611 enum dwarf_attribute,
3613 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3614 static void add_AT_long_long PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3615 enum dwarf_attribute,
3618 static void add_AT_float PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3619 enum dwarf_attribute,
3621 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash PARAMS ((const void *));
3622 static int debug_str_eq PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3623 static void add_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3624 enum dwarf_attribute,
3626 static inline const char *AT_string PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3627 static int AT_string_form PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3628 static void add_AT_die_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3629 enum dwarf_attribute,
3631 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3632 static inline int AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3633 static inline void set_AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, int));
3634 static void add_AT_fde_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3635 enum dwarf_attribute,
3637 static void add_AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3638 enum dwarf_attribute,
3640 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3641 static void add_AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3642 enum dwarf_attribute,
3644 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3645 static void add_AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3646 enum dwarf_attribute,
3648 static inline rtx AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3649 static void add_AT_lbl_id PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3650 enum dwarf_attribute,
3652 static void add_AT_lbl_offset PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3653 enum dwarf_attribute,
3655 static void add_AT_offset PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3656 enum dwarf_attribute,
3658 static void add_AT_range_list PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3659 enum dwarf_attribute,
3661 static inline const char *AT_lbl PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3662 static dw_attr_ref get_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3663 enum dwarf_attribute));
3664 static const char *get_AT_low_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3665 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3666 static const char *get_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3667 enum dwarf_attribute));
3668 static int get_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3669 enum dwarf_attribute));
3670 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3671 enum dwarf_attribute));
3672 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3673 enum dwarf_attribute));
3674 static int is_c_family PARAMS ((void));
3675 static int is_cxx PARAMS ((void));
3676 static int is_java PARAMS ((void));
3677 static int is_fortran PARAMS ((void));
3678 static void remove_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3679 enum dwarf_attribute));
3680 static inline void free_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3681 static void remove_children PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3682 static void add_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3683 static dw_die_ref new_die PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref,
3685 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3686 static void equate_type_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3687 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die PARAMS ((tree));
3688 static void equate_decl_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3689 static void print_spaces PARAMS ((FILE *));
3690 static void print_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, FILE *));
3691 static void print_dwarf_line_table PARAMS ((FILE *));
3692 static void reverse_die_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3693 static void reverse_all_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3694 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3695 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3696 static void loc_checksum PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref,
3698 static void attr_checksum PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref,
3701 static void die_checksum PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3704 static int same_loc_p PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref,
3705 dw_loc_descr_ref, int *));
3706 static int same_dw_val_p PARAMS ((dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *,
3708 static int same_attr_p PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *));
3709 static int same_die_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *));
3710 static int same_die_p_wrap PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3711 static void compute_section_prefix PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3712 static int is_type_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3713 static int is_comdat_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3714 static int is_symbol_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3715 static void assign_symbol_names PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3716 static void break_out_includes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3717 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash PARAMS ((const void *));
3718 static int htab_cu_eq PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3719 static void htab_cu_del PARAMS ((void *));
3720 static int check_duplicate_cu PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *));
3721 static void record_comdat_symbol_number PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned));
3722 static void add_sibling_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3723 static void build_abbrev_table PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3724 static void output_location_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3725 static int constant_size PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3726 static unsigned long size_of_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3727 static void calc_die_sizes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3728 static void mark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3729 static void unmark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3730 static void unmark_all_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3731 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3732 static unsigned long size_of_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3733 static enum dwarf_form value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3734 static void output_value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3735 static void output_abbrev_section PARAMS ((void));
3736 static void output_die_symbol PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3737 static void output_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3738 static void output_compilation_unit_header PARAMS ((void));
3739 static void output_comp_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, int));
3740 static const char *dwarf2_name PARAMS ((tree, int));
3741 static void add_pubname PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3742 static void output_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3743 static void add_arange PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3744 static void output_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3745 static unsigned int add_ranges PARAMS ((tree));
3746 static void output_ranges PARAMS ((void));
3747 static void output_line_info PARAMS ((void));
3748 static void output_file_names PARAMS ((void));
3749 static dw_die_ref base_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3750 static tree root_type PARAMS ((tree));
3751 static int is_base_type PARAMS ((tree));
3752 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die PARAMS ((tree, int, int, dw_die_ref));
3753 static int type_is_enum PARAMS ((tree));
3754 static unsigned int reg_number PARAMS ((rtx));
3755 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3756 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT));
3757 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3758 static int is_based_loc PARAMS ((rtx));
3759 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, enum machine_mode mode));
3760 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
3761 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3762 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree PARAMS ((tree, int));
3763 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int));
3764 static tree field_type PARAMS ((tree));
3765 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3766 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3767 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3768 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset PARAMS ((tree));
3769 static void add_AT_location_description PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3770 enum dwarf_attribute,
3772 static void add_data_member_location_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3773 static void add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, rtx));
3774 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location PARAMS ((tree));
3775 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3776 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3777 static void add_name_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, const char *));
3778 static void add_comp_dir_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3779 static void add_bound_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3780 enum dwarf_attribute, tree));
3781 static void add_subscript_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3782 static void add_byte_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3783 static void add_bit_offset_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3784 static void add_bit_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3785 static void add_prototyped_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3786 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3787 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3788 static void add_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3789 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3790 static void push_decl_scope PARAMS ((tree));
3791 static void pop_decl_scope PARAMS ((void));
3792 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3793 static inline int local_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3794 static inline int class_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3795 static void add_type_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree, int, int,
3797 static const char *type_tag PARAMS ((tree));
3798 static tree member_declared_type PARAMS ((tree));
3800 static const char *decl_start_label PARAMS ((tree));
3802 static void gen_array_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3803 static void gen_set_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3805 static void gen_entry_point_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3807 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3808 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3809 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3810 static void gen_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3811 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3812 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3813 static void gen_formal_types_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3814 static void gen_subprogram_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3815 static void gen_variable_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3816 static void gen_label_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3817 static void gen_lexical_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3818 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3819 static void gen_field_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3820 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3821 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die PARAMS ((const char *));
3822 static void gen_string_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3823 static void gen_inheritance_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3824 static void gen_member_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3825 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3826 static void gen_subroutine_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3827 static void gen_typedef_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3828 static void gen_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3829 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3830 static void gen_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3831 static void decls_for_scope PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3832 static int is_redundant_typedef PARAMS ((tree));
3833 static void gen_decl_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3834 static unsigned lookup_filename PARAMS ((const char *));
3835 static void init_file_table PARAMS ((void));
3836 static void retry_incomplete_types PARAMS ((void));
3837 static void gen_type_die_for_member PARAMS ((tree, tree, dw_die_ref));
3838 static void splice_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3839 static int file_info_cmp PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3840 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref,
3841 const char *, const char *,
3842 const char *, unsigned));
3843 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref *,
3845 const char *, const char *, const char *));
3846 static void output_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref));
3847 static char *gen_internal_sym PARAMS ((const char *));
3849 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3850 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3851 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3853 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3854 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3856 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3857 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3859 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3860 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3862 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3863 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3865 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3866 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3868 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3869 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3871 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3872 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3874 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3875 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3878 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3879 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3880 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3883 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3884 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE
3885 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3886 (SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1)
3888 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS SECTION_DEBUG
3891 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3892 the section names themselves. */
3894 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3895 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3897 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3898 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3900 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3901 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3903 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3904 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3906 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3907 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3909 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3910 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3912 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3913 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3916 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3917 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3918 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3919 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3920 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3922 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3923 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3924 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3925 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3926 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3927 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3928 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3929 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3931 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3932 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3934 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3935 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3937 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3938 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3940 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3941 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3943 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3944 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3947 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3948 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3950 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3953 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func)
3954 const char *(*func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3956 demangle_name_func = func;
3959 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3965 return ((GET_CODE (rtl) == REG && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3966 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
3967 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
3970 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3974 type_main_variant (type)
3977 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3979 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3980 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3981 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3982 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3984 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
3985 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
3986 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3991 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3994 is_tagged_type (type)
3997 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
3999 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4000 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4003 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4006 dwarf_tag_name (tag)
4011 case DW_TAG_padding:
4012 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4013 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4014 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4015 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4016 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4017 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4018 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4019 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4020 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4021 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4022 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4023 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4024 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4026 return "DW_TAG_label";
4027 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4028 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4030 return "DW_TAG_member";
4031 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4032 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4033 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4034 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4035 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4036 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4037 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4038 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4039 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4040 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4041 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4042 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4043 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4044 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4045 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4046 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4047 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4048 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4049 case DW_TAG_variant:
4050 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4051 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4052 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4053 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4054 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4055 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4056 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4057 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4058 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4060 return "DW_TAG_module";
4061 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4062 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4063 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4064 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4065 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4066 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4067 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4068 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4069 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4070 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4071 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4072 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4073 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4074 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4075 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4076 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4077 case DW_TAG_constant:
4078 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4079 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4080 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4081 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4082 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4084 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4085 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4086 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4087 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4088 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4089 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4090 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4091 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4092 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4093 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4094 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4095 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4096 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4097 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4098 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4099 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4100 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4101 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4102 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4103 case DW_TAG_variable:
4104 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4105 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4106 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4107 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4108 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4109 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4110 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4111 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4112 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4113 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4114 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4115 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4116 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4117 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4118 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4120 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4124 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4127 dwarf_attr_name (attr)
4133 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4134 case DW_AT_location:
4135 return "DW_AT_location";
4137 return "DW_AT_name";
4138 case DW_AT_ordering:
4139 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4140 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4141 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4142 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4143 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4144 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4145 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4146 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4147 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4148 case DW_AT_element_list:
4149 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4150 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4151 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4153 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4155 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4156 case DW_AT_language:
4157 return "DW_AT_language";
4159 return "DW_AT_member";
4161 return "DW_AT_discr";
4162 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4163 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4164 case DW_AT_visibility:
4165 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4167 return "DW_AT_import";
4168 case DW_AT_string_length:
4169 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4170 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4171 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4172 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4173 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4174 case DW_AT_const_value:
4175 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4176 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4177 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4178 case DW_AT_default_value:
4179 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4181 return "DW_AT_inline";
4182 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4183 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4184 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4185 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4186 case DW_AT_producer:
4187 return "DW_AT_producer";
4188 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4189 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4190 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4191 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4192 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4193 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4194 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4195 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4196 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4197 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4198 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4199 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4200 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4201 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4202 case DW_AT_address_class:
4203 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4204 case DW_AT_artificial:
4205 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4206 case DW_AT_base_types:
4207 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4208 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4209 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4211 return "DW_AT_count";
4212 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4213 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4214 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4215 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4216 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4217 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4218 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4219 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4220 case DW_AT_declaration:
4221 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4222 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4223 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4224 case DW_AT_encoding:
4225 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4226 case DW_AT_external:
4227 return "DW_AT_external";
4228 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4229 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4231 return "DW_AT_friend";
4232 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4233 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4234 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4235 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4236 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4237 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4238 case DW_AT_priority:
4239 return "DW_AT_priority";
4241 return "DW_AT_segment";
4242 case DW_AT_specification:
4243 return "DW_AT_specification";
4244 case DW_AT_static_link:
4245 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4247 return "DW_AT_type";
4248 case DW_AT_use_location:
4249 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4250 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4251 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4252 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4253 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4254 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4255 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4257 case DW_AT_allocated:
4258 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4259 case DW_AT_associated:
4260 return "DW_AT_associated";
4261 case DW_AT_data_location:
4262 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4264 return "DW_AT_stride";
4265 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4266 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4267 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4268 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4269 case DW_AT_extension:
4270 return "DW_AT_extension";
4272 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4273 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4274 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4275 case DW_AT_call_column:
4276 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4277 case DW_AT_call_file:
4278 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4279 case DW_AT_call_line:
4280 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4282 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4283 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4284 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4285 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4286 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4287 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4288 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4289 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4290 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4291 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4292 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4293 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4294 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4295 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4296 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4297 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4298 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4299 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4300 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4301 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4302 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4303 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4305 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4306 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4307 case DW_AT_src_info:
4308 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4309 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4310 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4311 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4312 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4313 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4314 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4315 case DW_AT_body_end:
4316 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4317 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4318 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4320 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4321 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4324 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4328 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4331 dwarf_form_name (form)
4337 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4338 case DW_FORM_block2:
4339 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4340 case DW_FORM_block4:
4341 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4343 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4345 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4347 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4348 case DW_FORM_string:
4349 return "DW_FORM_string";
4351 return "DW_FORM_block";
4352 case DW_FORM_block1:
4353 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4355 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4357 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4359 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4361 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4363 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4364 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4365 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4367 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4369 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4371 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4373 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4374 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4375 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4376 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4377 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4379 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4383 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4387 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc)
4392 case DW_ATE_address:
4393 return "DW_ATE_address";
4394 case DW_ATE_boolean:
4395 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4396 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
4397 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4399 return "DW_ATE_float";
4401 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4402 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
4403 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4404 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
4405 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4406 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
4407 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4409 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4414 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4415 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4416 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4417 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4421 decl_ultimate_origin (decl)
4424 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4425 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4426 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4427 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4430 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4431 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)))
4432 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4433 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4437 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4440 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4441 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4442 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4443 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4447 block_ultimate_origin (block)
4450 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4452 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4453 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4454 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4455 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4458 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4463 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4467 ret_val = lookahead;
4468 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4469 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4471 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4477 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4478 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4482 decl_class_context (decl)
4485 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4487 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4488 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4490 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4491 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4493 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4494 context = NULL_TREE;
4499 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4500 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4503 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr)
4507 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4509 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4510 die->die_attr = attr;
4514 static inline enum dw_val_class
4518 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4521 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4524 add_AT_flag (die, attr_kind, flag)
4526 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4529 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4531 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4532 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4533 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4534 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4535 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4538 static inline unsigned
4542 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag)
4543 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4548 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4551 add_AT_int (die, attr_kind, int_val)
4553 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4556 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4558 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4559 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4560 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4561 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4562 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4565 static inline long int
4569 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const)
4570 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4575 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4578 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind, unsigned_val)
4580 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4581 unsigned long unsigned_val;
4583 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4585 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4586 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4587 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4588 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4589 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4592 static inline unsigned long
4596 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
4597 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4602 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4605 add_AT_long_long (die, attr_kind, val_hi, val_low)
4607 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4608 unsigned long val_hi;
4609 unsigned long val_low;
4611 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4613 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4614 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4615 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4616 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4617 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4618 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4621 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4624 add_AT_float (die, attr_kind, length, array)
4626 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4630 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4632 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4633 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4634 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_float;
4635 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length = length;
4636 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array = array;
4637 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4640 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4643 debug_str_do_hash (x)
4646 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4650 debug_str_eq (x1, x2)
4654 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4655 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4658 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4661 add_AT_string (die, attr_kind, str)
4663 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4666 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4667 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4670 if (! debug_str_hash)
4671 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4672 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4674 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4675 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4677 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4678 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4679 node->str = ggc_alloc_string (str, -1);
4682 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4683 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4684 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4685 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4686 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4689 static inline const char *
4693 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4694 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4699 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4700 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4706 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4708 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4712 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4716 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4718 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4719 always better to put it inline. */
4720 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4721 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4723 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4724 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4726 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4727 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
4728 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4730 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4731 ++dw2_string_counter;
4732 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4734 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4740 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4743 add_AT_die_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_die)
4745 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4746 dw_die_ref targ_die;
4748 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4750 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4751 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4752 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4753 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4754 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4755 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4758 static inline dw_die_ref
4762 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4763 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4772 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4773 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4779 set_AT_ref_external (a, i)
4783 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4784 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4789 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4792 add_AT_fde_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_fde)
4794 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4797 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4799 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4800 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4801 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4802 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4803 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4806 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4809 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc)
4811 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4812 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4814 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4816 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4817 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4818 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4819 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4820 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4823 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4827 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc)
4828 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4834 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, loc_list)
4836 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4837 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list;
4839 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4841 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4842 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4843 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4844 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4845 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4846 have_location_lists = 1;
4849 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4853 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
4854 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4859 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4862 add_AT_addr (die, attr_kind, addr)
4864 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4867 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4869 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4870 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4871 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4872 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4873 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4880 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr)
4881 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4886 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4889 add_AT_lbl_id (die, attr_kind, lbl_id)
4891 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4894 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4896 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4897 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4898 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4899 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4900 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4903 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4906 add_AT_lbl_offset (die, attr_kind, label)
4908 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4911 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4913 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4914 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4915 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
4916 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4917 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4920 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4923 add_AT_offset (die, attr_kind, offset)
4925 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4926 unsigned long offset;
4928 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4930 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4931 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4932 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
4933 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4934 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4937 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4940 add_AT_range_list (die, attr_kind, offset)
4942 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4943 unsigned long offset;
4945 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4947 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4948 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4949 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
4950 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4951 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4954 static inline const char *
4958 if (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4959 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset))
4960 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4965 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4967 static inline dw_attr_ref
4968 get_AT (die, attr_kind)
4970 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4973 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
4977 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4978 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4980 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
4981 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
4985 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
4991 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4992 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4993 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4995 static inline const char *
4999 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5001 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5004 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5005 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5006 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5008 static inline const char *
5012 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5014 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5017 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5018 NULL if it is not present. */
5020 static inline const char *
5021 get_AT_string (die, attr_kind)
5023 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
5025 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5027 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5030 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5031 if it is not present. */
5034 get_AT_flag (die, attr_kind)
5036 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
5038 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5040 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5043 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5044 if it is not present. */
5046 static inline unsigned
5047 get_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind)
5049 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
5051 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5053 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5056 static inline dw_die_ref
5057 get_AT_ref (die, attr_kind)
5059 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
5061 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5063 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5069 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5071 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
5072 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5078 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
5079 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5085 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5087 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90);
5093 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5095 return (lang == DW_LANG_Java);
5098 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5100 static inline void free_AT PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
5105 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5106 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5107 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5110 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5113 remove_AT (die, attr_kind)
5115 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
5118 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5122 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5123 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5126 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5135 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5141 remove_children (die);
5144 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5147 remove_children (die)
5150 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5152 die->die_child = NULL;
5154 while (child_die != NULL)
5156 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5159 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5161 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5163 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5165 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5173 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5174 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5177 add_child_die (die, child_die)
5179 dw_die_ref child_die;
5181 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5183 if (die == child_die)
5186 child_die->die_parent = die;
5187 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5188 die->die_child = child_die;
5192 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5193 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5196 splice_child_die (parent, child)
5197 dw_die_ref parent, child;
5201 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5202 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5203 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5205 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5211 if (child->die_parent != parent
5212 && child->die_parent != get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification))
5215 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5218 *p = child->die_sib;
5222 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5223 parent->die_child = child;
5226 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5228 static inline dw_die_ref
5229 new_die (tag_value, parent_die, t)
5230 enum dwarf_tag tag_value;
5231 dw_die_ref parent_die;
5234 dw_die_ref die = (dw_die_ref) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5236 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5238 if (parent_die != NULL)
5239 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5242 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5244 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5245 limbo_node->die = die;
5246 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5247 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5248 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5254 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5256 static inline dw_die_ref
5257 lookup_type_die (type)
5260 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5263 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5266 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die)
5268 dw_die_ref type_die;
5270 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5273 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5275 static inline dw_die_ref
5276 lookup_decl_die (decl)
5279 unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5281 return (decl_id < decl_die_table_in_use ? decl_die_table[decl_id] : NULL);
5284 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5287 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die)
5289 dw_die_ref decl_die;
5291 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5292 unsigned int num_allocated;
5294 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_allocated)
5297 = ((decl_id + 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT - 1)
5298 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT)
5299 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5301 decl_die_table = ggc_realloc (decl_die_table,
5302 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * num_allocated);
5304 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table[decl_die_table_allocated], 0,
5305 (num_allocated - decl_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
5306 decl_die_table_allocated = num_allocated;
5309 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_in_use)
5310 decl_die_table_in_use = (decl_id + 1);
5312 decl_die_table[decl_id] = decl_die;
5315 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5316 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5317 the DIE internal representation. */
5318 static int print_indent;
5320 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5323 print_spaces (outfile)
5326 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5329 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5330 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5333 print_die (die, outfile)
5340 print_spaces (outfile);
5341 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5342 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5343 print_spaces (outfile);
5344 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5345 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5347 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5349 print_spaces (outfile);
5350 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5352 switch (AT_class (a))
5354 case dw_val_class_addr:
5355 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5357 case dw_val_class_offset:
5358 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5360 case dw_val_class_loc:
5361 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5363 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5364 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5365 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5367 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5368 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5370 case dw_val_class_const:
5371 fprintf (outfile, "%ld", AT_int (a));
5373 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5374 fprintf (outfile, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a));
5376 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5377 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5378 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5379 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5381 case dw_val_class_float:
5382 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point constant");
5384 case dw_val_class_flag:
5385 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5387 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5388 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5390 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5391 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5393 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5396 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5398 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5399 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5400 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5402 case dw_val_class_str:
5403 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5404 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5406 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5412 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5415 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5418 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5419 print_die (c, outfile);
5423 if (print_indent == 0)
5424 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5427 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5428 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5431 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile)
5435 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5437 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5438 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5440 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5441 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5442 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5443 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5444 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5445 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5448 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5451 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5454 debug_dwarf_die (die)
5457 print_die (die, stderr);
5460 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5461 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5467 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5468 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5469 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5472 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5473 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5474 they are in order of addition. */
5477 reverse_die_lists (die)
5480 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5481 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5483 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5485 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5486 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5492 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5499 die->die_child = cp;
5502 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5503 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5504 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5505 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5506 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5509 reverse_all_dies (die)
5514 reverse_die_lists (die);
5516 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5517 reverse_all_dies (c);
5520 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5521 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5522 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5525 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit, bincl_die)
5526 dw_die_ref old_unit, bincl_die;
5528 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5529 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5531 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5535 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5538 pop_compile_unit (old_unit)
5539 dw_die_ref old_unit;
5541 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5543 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5547 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5548 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5550 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5553 loc_checksum (loc, ctx)
5554 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5555 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5557 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5558 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5559 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5562 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5565 attr_checksum (at, ctx, mark)
5567 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5570 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5573 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5575 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5576 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5577 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5578 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5579 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5582 switch (AT_class (at))
5584 case dw_val_class_const:
5585 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5587 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5588 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5590 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5591 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5593 case dw_val_class_float:
5594 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_float);
5596 case dw_val_class_flag:
5597 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5599 case dw_val_class_str:
5600 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5603 case dw_val_class_addr:
5605 switch (GET_CODE (r))
5608 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5616 case dw_val_class_offset:
5617 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5620 case dw_val_class_loc:
5621 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5622 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5625 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5626 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5629 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5630 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5631 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5639 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5642 die_checksum (die, ctx, mark)
5644 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5650 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5653 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5656 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5658 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5660 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5661 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5663 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5664 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5668 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5670 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5672 same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark)
5673 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1;
5674 dw_loc_descr_ref loc2;
5677 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5678 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5679 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5682 /* Do the values look the same? */
5684 same_dw_val_p (v1, v2, mark)
5689 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5693 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5696 switch (v1->val_class)
5698 case dw_val_class_const:
5699 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5700 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5701 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5702 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5703 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5704 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5705 case dw_val_class_float:
5706 if (v1->v.val_float.length != v2->v.val_float.length)
5708 for (i = 0; i < v1->v.val_float.length; i++)
5709 if (v1->v.val_float.array[i] != v2->v.val_float.array[i])
5712 case dw_val_class_flag:
5713 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
5714 case dw_val_class_str:
5715 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
5717 case dw_val_class_addr:
5718 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
5719 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
5720 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
5722 switch (GET_CODE (r1))
5725 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
5731 case dw_val_class_offset:
5732 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
5734 case dw_val_class_loc:
5735 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
5737 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
5738 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
5740 return !loc1 && !loc2;
5742 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5743 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
5745 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5746 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5747 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5755 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5758 same_attr_p (at1, at2, mark)
5763 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
5766 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5767 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5768 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5769 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5770 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5773 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
5776 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5779 same_die_p (die1, die2, mark)
5787 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5789 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
5790 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5792 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
5795 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
5797 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
5798 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
5803 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
5805 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
5806 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
5814 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5817 same_die_p_wrap (die1, die2)
5822 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
5824 unmark_all_dies (die1);
5825 unmark_all_dies (die2);
5830 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5832 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
5834 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5835 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
5837 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5838 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5841 compute_section_prefix (unit_die)
5842 dw_die_ref unit_die;
5844 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
5845 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
5846 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
5849 unsigned char checksum[16];
5852 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5853 the name filename of the unit. */
5855 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
5857 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
5858 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
5859 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
5861 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
5862 clean_symbol_name (name);
5864 p = name + strlen (name);
5865 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
5867 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
5871 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
5872 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
5875 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5881 switch (die->die_tag)
5883 case DW_TAG_array_type:
5884 case DW_TAG_class_type:
5885 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
5886 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
5887 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
5888 case DW_TAG_string_type:
5889 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
5890 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
5891 case DW_TAG_union_type:
5892 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
5893 case DW_TAG_set_type:
5894 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
5895 case DW_TAG_base_type:
5896 case DW_TAG_const_type:
5897 case DW_TAG_file_type:
5898 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
5899 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
5900 case DW_TAG_typedef:
5907 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5908 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5909 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5910 compilations (functions). */
5916 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5917 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5918 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5919 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5921 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
5924 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
5925 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
5926 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
5927 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
5929 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
5931 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
5934 return is_type_die (c);
5937 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5938 compilation unit. */
5944 return (is_type_die (c)
5945 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
5946 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
5950 gen_internal_sym (prefix)
5954 static int label_num;
5956 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
5957 return xstrdup (buf);
5960 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5963 assign_symbol_names (die)
5968 if (is_symbol_die (die))
5970 if (comdat_symbol_id)
5972 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
5974 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
5975 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
5976 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
5979 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5982 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5983 assign_symbol_names (c);
5986 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5989 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
5990 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
5993 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
5998 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6000 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6004 htab_cu_eq (of1, of2)
6008 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6009 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6011 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6018 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6028 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6031 check_duplicate_cu (cu, htable, sym_num)
6036 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6037 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6039 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6041 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6042 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6046 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6048 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6054 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6058 entry = xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry));
6060 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6061 entry->next = *slot;
6067 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6069 record_comdat_symbol_number (cu, htable, sym_num)
6074 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6076 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6077 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6081 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6084 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6085 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6086 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6089 break_out_includes (die)
6093 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6094 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6095 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6097 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
6099 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
6101 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6102 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6104 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6107 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6109 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6112 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6114 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6118 add_child_die (unit, c);
6122 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6123 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
6129 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6130 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6135 assign_symbol_names (die);
6136 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6137 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6143 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6144 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6145 &comdat_symbol_number);
6146 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6148 *pnode = node->next;
6151 pnode = &node->next;
6152 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6153 comdat_symbol_number);
6156 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6159 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6160 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6161 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6164 add_sibling_attributes (die)
6169 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6170 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6171 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6172 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6174 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6175 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6178 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6181 output_location_lists (die)
6187 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6188 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6189 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6191 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6192 output_location_lists (c);
6196 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6197 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6198 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6199 die are visited recursively. */
6202 build_abbrev_table (die)
6205 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6206 unsigned int n_alloc;
6208 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6210 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6211 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6212 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6213 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6214 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6216 if (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol == 0)
6219 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6222 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6224 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6226 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6228 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6230 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6231 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6233 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6235 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6236 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6239 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6240 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6243 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6249 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6251 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6253 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6254 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6255 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6257 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6258 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6259 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6262 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6263 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6266 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6267 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6268 build_abbrev_table (c);
6271 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6274 constant_size (value)
6275 long unsigned value;
6282 log = floor_log2 (value);
6285 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6290 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6291 .debug_info section. */
6293 static unsigned long
6297 unsigned long size = 0;
6300 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6301 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6303 switch (AT_class (a))
6305 case dw_val_class_addr:
6306 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6308 case dw_val_class_offset:
6309 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6311 case dw_val_class_loc:
6313 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6316 size += constant_size (lsize);
6320 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6321 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6323 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6324 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6326 case dw_val_class_const:
6327 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6329 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6330 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6332 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6333 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6335 case dw_val_class_float:
6336 size += 1 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4; /* block */
6338 case dw_val_class_flag:
6341 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6342 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6344 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6345 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6347 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6348 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6350 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6351 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6353 case dw_val_class_str:
6354 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6355 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6357 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6367 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6368 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6369 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6370 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6373 calc_die_sizes (die)
6378 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6379 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6381 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6384 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6385 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6386 next_die_offset += 1;
6389 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6390 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6391 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6392 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6404 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6408 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6420 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6424 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6427 unmark_all_dies (die)
6437 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6438 unmark_all_dies (c);
6440 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6441 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6442 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6445 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6446 compilation unit. */
6448 static unsigned long
6454 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6455 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6457 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6458 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6461 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6465 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6467 static unsigned long
6472 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6474 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6475 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6476 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6478 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6479 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6483 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6485 static enum dwarf_form
6489 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6491 case dw_val_class_addr:
6492 return DW_FORM_addr;
6493 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6494 case dw_val_class_offset:
6495 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6496 return DW_FORM_data4;
6497 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
6498 return DW_FORM_data8;
6500 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6501 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6502 .debug_loc section */
6503 return DW_FORM_data4;
6504 case dw_val_class_loc:
6505 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6508 return DW_FORM_block1;
6510 return DW_FORM_block2;
6514 case dw_val_class_const:
6515 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6516 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6517 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6520 return DW_FORM_data1;
6522 return DW_FORM_data2;
6524 return DW_FORM_data4;
6526 return DW_FORM_data8;
6530 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6531 return DW_FORM_block1;
6532 case dw_val_class_float:
6533 return DW_FORM_block1;
6534 case dw_val_class_flag:
6535 return DW_FORM_flag;
6536 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6537 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6538 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6541 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6542 return DW_FORM_data;
6543 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6544 return DW_FORM_addr;
6545 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6546 return DW_FORM_data;
6547 case dw_val_class_str:
6548 return AT_string_form (a);
6555 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6558 output_value_format (a)
6561 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6563 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6566 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6570 output_abbrev_section ()
6572 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6576 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6578 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6580 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6581 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6582 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6584 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6585 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6587 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6589 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6590 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6592 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6593 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6594 output_value_format (a_attr);
6597 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6598 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6601 /* Terminate the table. */
6602 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6605 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6608 output_die_symbol (die)
6611 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6616 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6617 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6618 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6620 (*targetm.asm_out.globalize_label) (asm_out_file, sym);
6622 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6625 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6626 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6627 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6629 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6630 new_loc_list (expr, begin, end, section, gensym)
6631 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
6634 const char *section;
6637 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6639 retlist->begin = begin;
6641 retlist->expr = expr;
6642 retlist->section = section;
6644 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6649 /* Add a location description expression to a location list */
6652 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head, descr, begin, end, section)
6653 dw_loc_list_ref *list_head;
6654 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
6657 const char *section;
6661 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6662 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6665 /* Add a new location list node to the list */
6666 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6669 /* Output the location list given to us */
6672 output_loc_list (list_head)
6673 dw_loc_list_ref list_head;
6675 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6677 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6679 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6680 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6681 in more than one section. */
6682 if (strcmp (curr->section, ".text") == 0)
6684 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6685 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0,
6686 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6687 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->section,
6688 "Location list base address specifier base");
6691 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6695 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6696 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6697 list_head->ll_symbol);
6698 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6699 "Location list end address (%s)",
6700 list_head->ll_symbol);
6701 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6703 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6706 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6708 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6711 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6712 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6713 list_head->ll_symbol);
6714 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6715 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6716 list_head->ll_symbol);
6719 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6720 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6730 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6731 them to point to. */
6732 if (die->die_symbol)
6733 output_die_symbol (die);
6735 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6736 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6738 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6740 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6742 switch (AT_class (a))
6744 case dw_val_class_addr:
6745 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6748 case dw_val_class_offset:
6749 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6753 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6755 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
6757 sprintf (p, "+0x%lx", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6758 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
6764 case dw_val_class_loc:
6765 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6767 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6768 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6770 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6773 case dw_val_class_const:
6774 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6775 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6776 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6777 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6780 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6781 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6782 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6785 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6787 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
6789 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6790 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6793 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6795 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6796 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6800 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6801 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6804 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6805 first, "long long constant");
6806 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6811 case dw_val_class_float:
6815 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4,
6818 for (i = 0; i < a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length; i++)
6819 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array[i],
6820 "fp constant word %u", i);
6824 case dw_val_class_flag:
6825 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
6828 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6830 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
6834 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym,
6835 loc_section_label, "%s", name);
6839 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6840 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6842 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
6846 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6848 else if (AT_ref (a)->die_offset == 0)
6851 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
6855 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6859 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
6860 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
6861 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
6865 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6866 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6869 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6870 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6873 case dw_val_class_str:
6874 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6875 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6876 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
6877 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
6879 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
6887 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6890 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6891 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6892 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6896 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6897 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6900 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6902 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6903 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6904 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
6905 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
6906 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6907 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6910 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6913 output_comp_unit (die, output_if_empty)
6915 int output_if_empty;
6917 const char *secname;
6920 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6921 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
6924 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6925 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6926 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6927 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6928 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6931 build_abbrev_table (die);
6933 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6934 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
6935 calc_die_sizes (die);
6937 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
6940 tmp = (char *) alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
6942 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
6944 die->die_symbol = NULL;
6947 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
6949 /* Output debugging information. */
6950 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
6951 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6954 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6959 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
6963 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6964 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6965 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6968 dwarf2_name (decl, scope)
6972 return (*lang_hooks.decl_printable_name) (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
6975 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6978 add_pubname (decl, die)
6984 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6987 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
6989 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6991 = (pubname_ref) ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
6992 (pubname_table_allocated
6993 * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
6994 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
6995 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
6998 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
7000 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7003 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7004 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7005 visible procedures. */
7011 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
7013 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7014 "Length of Public Names Info");
7015 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7016 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7017 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7018 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7019 "Compilation Unit Length");
7021 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
7023 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
7025 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7026 if (pub->die->die_mark == 0)
7029 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7032 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7035 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7038 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7041 add_arange (decl, die)
7045 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7048 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7050 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7051 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7052 (arange_table_allocated
7053 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7054 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7055 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7058 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7061 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7062 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7063 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7069 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7071 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7072 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7073 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7074 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7075 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7076 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7077 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7079 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7080 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7082 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7084 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7085 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7086 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7087 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7090 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7091 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7092 text_section_label, "Length");
7094 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7096 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7098 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7099 if (die->die_mark == 0)
7102 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7104 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7106 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7107 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7111 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7112 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7113 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7114 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7115 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7117 if (! a || AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_loc)
7121 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_addr)
7124 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7125 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7126 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7127 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7132 /* Output the terminator words. */
7133 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7134 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7137 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7144 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7146 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7148 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7149 ranges_table = (dw_ranges_ref)
7150 ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7151 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7152 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7153 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7156 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7157 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7159 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7166 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7167 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7169 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7171 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7175 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7176 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7178 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7179 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7181 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7182 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7183 base of the text section. */
7184 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
7186 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7188 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7189 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7190 text_section_label, NULL);
7193 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7194 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7195 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7196 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7199 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7200 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7201 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7208 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7209 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7215 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7218 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7219 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7220 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7221 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7222 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7225 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7229 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7230 int length; /* Path length. */
7231 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7232 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7233 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7234 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7237 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7238 the directories in the path. */
7241 file_info_cmp (p1, p2)
7245 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7246 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7250 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7251 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7252 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7253 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7254 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7255 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7256 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7258 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7259 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7265 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7266 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7267 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7268 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7269 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7271 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7272 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7277 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7278 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7279 slowdowns with many input files. */
7282 output_file_names ()
7284 struct file_info *files;
7285 struct dir_info *dirs;
7294 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7295 files = (struct file_info *) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table)
7296 * sizeof (struct file_info));
7297 dirs = (struct dir_info *) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table)
7298 * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7300 /* Sort the file names. */
7301 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7305 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7306 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7307 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7310 /* Create a new array entry. */
7312 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7313 files[i].file_idx = i;
7315 /* Search for the file name part. */
7316 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7317 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7320 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7321 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7323 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7324 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7325 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7326 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7328 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7330 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7333 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7334 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7335 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7336 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7338 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7339 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7340 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7346 /* This is a new directory. */
7347 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7348 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7349 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7350 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7351 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7352 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7354 /* Search for a prefix. */
7355 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7356 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7357 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7358 && dirs[j].length > 1
7359 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7360 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7361 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7362 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7367 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7368 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7369 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7370 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7371 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7372 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7373 saved = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7374 savehere = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7376 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7377 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7382 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7383 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7384 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7385 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7387 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7390 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7392 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7397 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7402 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7403 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7405 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7406 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7411 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7413 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7415 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7416 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7417 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7419 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7420 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7422 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7423 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7428 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7429 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7430 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7431 backmap = (int *) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7432 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7434 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7436 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7437 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7440 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7441 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7442 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7443 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7444 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7446 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7447 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7448 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7450 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7451 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7452 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7455 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7457 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7459 if (idx_offset == 0)
7462 /* Now write all the file names. */
7463 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7465 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7466 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7468 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7469 "File Entry: 0x%x", i);
7471 /* Include directory index. */
7472 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7474 /* Modification time. */
7475 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7477 /* File length in bytes. */
7478 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7481 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7485 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7486 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7491 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7492 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7493 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7496 unsigned long lt_index;
7497 unsigned long current_line;
7500 unsigned long current_file;
7501 unsigned long function;
7503 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7504 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7505 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7506 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7508 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7509 "Length of Source Line Info");
7510 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7512 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7513 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7514 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7516 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7517 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7518 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7519 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7520 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7521 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7522 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7523 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7524 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7525 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7527 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7528 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7529 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7530 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7531 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7532 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7533 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7534 "Special Opcode Base");
7536 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7540 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7541 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7542 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7543 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7544 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7552 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7556 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7557 output_file_names ();
7558 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7560 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7561 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7562 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7564 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7565 a series of state machine operations. */
7568 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7569 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7571 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7574 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7575 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7578 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7579 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7580 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7581 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7582 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7586 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7588 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7589 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7590 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7591 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7592 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7593 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7595 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7598 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7599 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7600 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7601 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7605 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7606 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7607 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7608 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7609 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7610 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7613 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7615 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7616 different from the previous line. */
7617 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7619 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7620 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7621 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7622 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7626 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7627 that uses the least amount of space. */
7628 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7630 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7631 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7632 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7633 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7634 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7635 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7637 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7638 "line %lu", current_line);
7641 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7642 depending on the value being encoded. */
7643 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7644 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7645 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7646 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7650 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7651 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7654 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7657 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7658 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7659 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7663 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7664 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7665 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7666 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7669 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7670 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7671 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7676 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7678 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7679 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7682 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7683 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7684 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7685 && line_info->function == function)
7689 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7690 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7691 to handle it differently. */
7692 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7694 if (function != line_info->function)
7696 function = line_info->function;
7698 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
7699 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7700 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7701 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7702 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7706 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7709 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7710 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7711 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7715 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7716 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7717 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7718 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7722 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7724 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7725 different from the previous line. */
7726 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7728 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7729 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7730 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7731 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7735 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7736 that uses the least amount of space. */
7737 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7739 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7740 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7741 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7742 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7743 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7744 "line %lu", current_line);
7747 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7748 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7749 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7750 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7754 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7762 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7763 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
7764 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
7769 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7770 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
7773 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7774 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7775 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7779 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7780 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7781 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7782 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7785 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7786 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7787 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7788 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7792 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7793 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
7796 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7797 a DIE that describes the given type.
7799 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7800 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7803 base_type_die (type)
7806 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
7807 const char *type_name;
7808 enum dwarf_type encoding;
7809 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7811 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
7816 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7817 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7819 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
7822 type_name = "__unknown__";
7824 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7827 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7828 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7829 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7831 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7832 && (type == char_type_node
7833 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
7834 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
7836 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7837 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
7839 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
7842 /* else fall through. */
7845 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7846 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7847 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
7849 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
7853 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
7856 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7857 a user defined type for it. */
7859 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
7860 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
7862 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
7866 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7867 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
7871 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7875 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7876 if (demangle_name_func)
7877 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
7879 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
7880 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
7881 int_size_in_bytes (type));
7882 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
7884 return base_type_result;
7887 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7888 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7889 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7890 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7891 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7892 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7893 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7894 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7900 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7901 return error_mark_node;
7903 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7906 return error_mark_node;
7909 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7910 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
7913 return type_main_variant (type);
7917 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7918 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7924 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7939 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
7944 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7958 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7959 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7960 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7961 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7964 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7965 simple_type_size_in_bits (type)
7969 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7970 return BITS_PER_WORD;
7971 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
7973 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
7974 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
7976 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
7979 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7980 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7983 modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, is_volatile_type, context_die)
7986 int is_volatile_type;
7987 dw_die_ref context_die;
7989 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
7990 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
7991 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
7992 tree item_type = NULL;
7994 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
7996 tree qualified_type;
7998 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8001 = get_qualified_type (type,
8002 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8004 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8006 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8009 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8011 return mod_type_die;
8014 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8015 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
8016 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
8017 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
8019 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
8020 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
8022 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8024 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8025 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8026 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8028 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8029 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
8030 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8031 type to which it refers. */
8033 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
8034 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8037 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8043 else if (is_const_type)
8045 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8046 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8048 else if (is_volatile_type)
8050 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8051 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8053 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8055 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8056 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8057 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8059 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8061 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8063 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8065 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8066 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8067 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8069 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8071 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8073 else if (is_base_type (type))
8074 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8077 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8079 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8080 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8081 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8082 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8083 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8085 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8086 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8088 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8089 not the main variant. */
8090 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8091 if (mod_type_die == NULL)
8095 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8096 type = qualified_type;
8100 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8102 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8103 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8104 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8105 types are possible in Ada. */
8106 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8107 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8108 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8111 if (sub_die != NULL)
8112 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8114 return mod_type_die;
8117 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8118 an enumerated type. */
8124 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8127 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
8133 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8135 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8138 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8141 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8142 zero if there is no such. */
8144 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8145 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl)
8148 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8151 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8154 reg = reg_number (rtl);
8156 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + reg, 0, 0);
8158 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, reg, 0);
8163 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8165 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8166 int_loc_descriptor (i)
8169 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8171 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8172 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8176 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8179 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8181 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8191 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8193 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8194 || i >= -0x80000000)
8200 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8203 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8205 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8206 based_loc_descr (reg, offset)
8210 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
8211 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8212 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8214 unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8215 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8216 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
8219 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8221 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
8223 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
8228 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8234 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8235 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG
8236 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8237 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8240 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8241 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8242 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8243 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8245 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8246 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8247 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8248 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8250 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8251 autoincrement addressing modes.
8253 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8255 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8256 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode)
8258 enum machine_mode mode;
8260 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8262 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8263 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8264 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8265 zeroth element of the array. */
8267 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
8268 rtl = ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl);
8271 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8276 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8277 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8279 /* ... fall through ... */
8282 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8283 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8284 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8285 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8286 contains the given subreg. */
8287 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8289 /* ... fall through ... */
8292 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8293 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8294 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8295 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8296 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8297 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8298 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8299 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8300 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8301 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8302 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8303 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8304 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8305 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8306 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl), 0);
8310 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8311 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8312 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8316 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8317 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8321 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8322 by a different symbol. */
8323 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8326 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8328 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8331 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8332 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8337 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8338 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8339 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8340 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8345 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8346 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8347 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8348 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
8352 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8354 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8359 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8361 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8362 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8363 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8364 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8366 /* ... fall through ... */
8370 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8371 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
8372 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
8375 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8376 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8379 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8380 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8381 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8382 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8383 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8386 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8387 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
8388 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8389 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8396 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8397 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8398 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8399 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
8401 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8404 mem_loc_result = op0;
8405 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8406 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
8411 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8415 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8417 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == MEM)
8418 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0), mode);
8426 return mem_loc_result;
8429 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8430 This is typically a complex variable. */
8432 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8433 concat_loc_descriptor (x0, x1)
8436 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8437 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
8438 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
8440 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8443 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8444 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8445 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8446 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
8448 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8449 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8450 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8451 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
8453 return cc_loc_result;
8456 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8457 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8458 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8459 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8460 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8462 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8464 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8465 loc_descriptor (rtl)
8468 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8470 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8473 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8474 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8475 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8476 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8477 contains the given subreg. */
8478 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8480 /* ... fall through ... */
8483 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8487 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8491 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8501 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8502 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8503 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8504 descriptor, return 0. */
8506 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8507 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc, addressp)
8511 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
8513 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8514 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8516 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8517 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8520 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
8525 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR:
8526 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
8527 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8528 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8529 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8530 the names of types. */
8537 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8538 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8539 for (loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0);
8540 TREE_CODE (loc) == CONVERT_EXPR || TREE_CODE (loc) == NOP_EXPR
8541 || TREE_CODE (loc) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8542 || TREE_CODE (loc) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8543 || TREE_CODE (loc) == SAVE_EXPR;
8544 loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
8547 return (TREE_CODE (loc) == INDIRECT_REF
8548 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp)
8552 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc))
8556 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8557 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8561 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8562 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8563 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
8566 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8567 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8570 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != MEM)
8572 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8573 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8576 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
8577 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8578 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8580 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
8581 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8590 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8592 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8594 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8596 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8597 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8598 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8603 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8605 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
8608 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8611 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
8617 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8622 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), addressp);
8626 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8627 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
8629 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp);
8634 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
8637 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
8638 enum machine_mode mode;
8641 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
8642 &unsignedp, &volatilep);
8647 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj, 1);
8649 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
8652 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
8654 /* Variable offset. */
8655 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset, 0));
8656 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8662 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8664 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
8665 else if (bytepos < 0)
8667 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
8668 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8674 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
8675 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
8680 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
8681 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
8686 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
8692 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
8697 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
8705 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
8718 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
8722 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8723 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
8725 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8729 add_loc_descr (&ret,
8730 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8731 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
8741 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8748 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8755 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8762 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8777 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8778 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8779 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
8782 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8783 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8786 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
8800 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8804 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8808 loc = build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
8809 build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node,
8810 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
8811 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
8813 /* ... fall through ... */
8817 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8818 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8819 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8820 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
8821 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
8823 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8824 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
8827 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
8828 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
8830 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
8831 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
8832 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
8834 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
8835 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8836 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
8838 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8839 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
8840 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
8841 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8842 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
8850 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8851 if (addressp && indirect_p == 0)
8854 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8855 if (!addressp && indirect_p > 0)
8857 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8859 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
8861 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
8864 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
8866 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
8872 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8873 which is not less than the value itself. */
8875 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8876 ceiling (value, boundary)
8877 HOST_WIDE_INT value;
8878 unsigned int boundary;
8880 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
8883 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8884 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8885 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8894 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8895 return integer_type_node;
8897 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
8898 if (type == NULL_TREE)
8899 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8904 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8905 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8906 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8908 static inline unsigned
8909 simple_type_align_in_bits (type)
8912 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8915 static inline unsigned
8916 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl)
8919 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8922 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8923 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8924 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8925 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8926 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8929 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8930 field_byte_offset (decl)
8933 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
8934 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
8935 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
8936 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
8938 tree field_size_tree;
8939 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
8940 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
8941 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
8943 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8945 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
8948 type = field_type (decl);
8949 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
8951 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8952 a flexible array member. */
8953 if (! field_size_tree)
8954 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
8956 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8957 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8958 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8959 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
8962 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
8964 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8965 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
8966 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
8968 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
8970 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
8971 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
8972 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
8974 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8975 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8976 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8977 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8978 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8979 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8980 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8981 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8983 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8985 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
8986 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
8987 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
8988 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
8989 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
8990 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
8991 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
8992 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
8993 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
8994 bits of the bit-field itself.
8996 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
8997 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
8998 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
8999 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9000 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9001 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9002 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9003 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9004 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9006 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9007 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9008 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9009 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9010 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9011 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9013 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9014 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9015 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9017 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9018 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9019 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9021 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9022 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9023 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9024 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9026 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9028 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9029 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9031 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9032 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9033 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9034 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9037 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9040 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9041 associated with them. */
9043 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9045 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9046 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9047 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9050 add_AT_location_description (die, attr_kind, descr)
9052 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
9053 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
9056 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9059 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9060 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9061 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9062 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9063 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9064 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9067 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9068 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9069 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9070 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9071 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9072 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9073 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9074 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9075 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9079 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, decl)
9084 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9086 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_VEC)
9088 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9089 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl) && is_cxx ())
9091 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9092 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9093 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9094 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9096 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9098 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9100 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9102 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9103 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9104 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9106 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9107 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9108 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9110 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9111 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9115 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9116 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9117 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9118 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9120 /* Extract the offset. */
9121 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9122 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9124 /* Add it to the object address. */
9125 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9126 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9129 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9132 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9136 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9138 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9139 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9140 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9142 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9143 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9144 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9148 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9151 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9154 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9157 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9158 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9159 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9160 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9161 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9164 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl)
9168 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9171 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
9172 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
9173 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
9174 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
9175 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
9177 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9179 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9180 if (val < 0 && (long) val == val)
9181 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, (long) val);
9182 else if ((unsigned long) val == (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val)
9183 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned long) val);
9186 #if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG * 2 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
9187 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9188 val >> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG, val);
9197 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9198 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9199 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9200 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9202 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9204 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
9206 unsigned length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4;
9207 long *array = (long *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length);
9210 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9214 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, array[0]);
9218 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv, array);
9223 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv, array);
9230 add_AT_float (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, array);
9234 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9235 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG != HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
9238 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9239 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9245 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9251 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9252 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
9256 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9257 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9258 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9259 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9260 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9261 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9262 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9263 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9264 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9265 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9266 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9270 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9277 rtl_for_decl_location (decl)
9282 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9283 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9284 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9286 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9287 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9288 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9289 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9290 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9291 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9292 referenced within the function.
9294 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9295 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9296 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9297 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9299 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9300 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9301 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9302 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9303 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9304 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9306 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9307 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9308 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9309 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9310 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9311 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9312 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9313 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9314 output at debug-time.
9316 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9317 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9318 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9319 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9320 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9321 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9322 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9323 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9324 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9325 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9326 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9327 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9328 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9330 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9331 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9332 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9333 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9334 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9335 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9336 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9337 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9340 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9341 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9342 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9343 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9344 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9345 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9346 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9347 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9348 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9349 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9350 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9351 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9352 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9355 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9356 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
9358 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9359 constants and symbols living in memory. */
9360 if (! reload_completed)
9363 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
9364 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
9365 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))))
9367 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
9368 rtl = ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl);
9374 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
9376 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
9378 tree declared_type = type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl));
9379 tree passed_type = type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl));
9381 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9382 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9383 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9384 if (declared_type == passed_type)
9385 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9386 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9387 && TREE_CODE (declared_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
9388 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type))
9389 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type))))
9390 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9393 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9394 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9395 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9396 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9397 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9398 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9400 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
9401 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
9402 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
9403 /* Not passed in memory. */
9404 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) != MEM
9405 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9406 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != REG
9407 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9408 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9409 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9410 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9413 /* Big endian correction check. */
9415 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
9416 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
9419 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
9420 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
9422 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9423 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
9427 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
9429 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
9430 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9431 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
9432 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
9436 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9437 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9438 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9439 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
9441 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9442 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9443 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
9444 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9446 tree arrtype = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9447 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (arrtype);
9448 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype);
9449 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9450 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9452 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9454 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9455 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9456 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9457 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9458 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9459 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init));
9461 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9462 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9463 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9464 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == INTEGER_CST
9465 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == REAL_CST)
9467 rtl = expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
9468 EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9469 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9470 if (rtl && GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
9475 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
9477 rtl = ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl);
9480 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9481 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9482 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9484 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
9489 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
9490 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9491 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9492 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9493 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9494 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9495 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9496 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9497 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9498 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9501 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die, decl)
9506 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
9508 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9510 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL)
9513 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
9514 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9517 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9520 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9521 don't emit anything. */
9531 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9532 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
9536 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl))
9538 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9539 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9540 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9541 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9542 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl, 1);
9549 descr = loc_descriptor (rtl);
9551 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, descr);
9559 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9560 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9561 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9564 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl)
9568 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9569 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9571 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init
9572 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
9577 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
9580 if (host_integerp (init, 0))
9581 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9582 tree_low_cst (init, 0));
9584 add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9585 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
9586 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
9593 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9594 the value of the attribute. */
9597 add_name_attribute (die, name_string)
9599 const char *name_string;
9601 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
9603 if (demangle_name_func)
9604 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
9606 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
9610 /* Generate an DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9613 add_comp_dir_attribute (die)
9616 const char *wd = getpwd ();
9618 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
9621 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9622 a representation for that bound. */
9625 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, bound)
9626 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
9627 enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr;
9630 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
9635 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9637 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
9638 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
9639 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
9640 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
9641 /* use the default */
9644 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
9649 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9650 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9651 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
9655 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9656 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9657 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9658 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9659 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9660 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9661 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9662 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9663 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9664 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9665 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9666 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9667 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9668 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9669 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9670 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9671 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9672 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9674 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9675 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9676 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9677 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)
9678 && (! optimize || GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)) == MEM))
9680 dw_die_ref ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
9681 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9682 rtx loc = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound);
9684 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9685 it references an outer function's frame. */
9686 if (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM)
9688 rtx new_addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc, 0), bound);
9690 if (XEXP (loc, 0) != new_addr)
9691 loc = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc), new_addr);
9694 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9695 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9696 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location,
9697 loc_descriptor (loc));
9698 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9701 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9707 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
9709 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9710 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9711 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9712 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9714 if (decl_die != NULL)
9715 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9721 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9722 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9724 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
9725 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
9727 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound, 0);
9731 if (current_function_decl == 0)
9732 ctx = comp_unit_die;
9734 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
9736 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9737 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9738 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9739 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9740 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9742 bound = build (SAVE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (bound), bound,
9743 current_function_decl, NULL_TREE);
9745 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9746 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9747 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9748 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
9750 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9756 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9757 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9760 add_subscript_info (type_die, type)
9761 dw_die_ref type_die;
9764 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9765 unsigned dimension_number;
9768 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
9770 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9771 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9772 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9773 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9774 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9775 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9776 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9777 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9779 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9780 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9781 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9782 gen_array_type_die. */
9783 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9784 for (dimension_number = 0;
9785 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
9786 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
9789 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
9791 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9792 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9794 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
9797 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9798 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
9799 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
9801 /* define the index type. */
9802 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
9804 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9805 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9806 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9807 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
9808 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
9809 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9810 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
9813 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
9817 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9818 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9820 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9821 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9822 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9824 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
9826 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
9829 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9830 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9836 add_byte_size_attribute (die, tree_node)
9842 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
9850 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
9851 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
9854 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9855 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9856 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9857 even for bit-fields. */
9858 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9864 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9865 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9866 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9867 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9868 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
9871 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9872 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9873 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9876 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9877 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9878 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9879 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9880 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9881 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9883 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9884 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9885 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9888 add_bit_offset_attribute (die, decl)
9892 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
9893 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9894 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9895 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
9896 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
9897 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
9899 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9901 || TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
9904 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9905 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9906 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9907 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
9908 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
9911 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9913 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9914 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9915 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9916 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9917 below must take account of these differences. */
9918 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
9919 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
9921 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
9923 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
9924 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9928 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9929 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
9930 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
9932 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
9935 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9936 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9939 add_bit_size_attribute (die, decl)
9943 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9944 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL
9945 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
9948 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
9949 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
9952 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9953 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9956 add_prototyped_attribute (die, func_type)
9960 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
9961 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
9962 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
9965 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9966 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9970 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die, origin)
9974 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
9976 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
9978 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9979 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9980 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9982 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9983 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9987 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
9989 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
9991 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
9994 if (DECL_P (origin))
9995 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
9996 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
9997 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
9999 if (origin_die == NULL)
10002 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10005 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10008 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die, func_decl)
10012 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10014 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10016 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10017 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10018 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10019 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10022 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10023 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10024 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10025 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10029 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10032 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
10036 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10038 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10039 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10042 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10043 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10046 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
10052 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10053 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10055 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10056 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10057 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10059 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10060 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10061 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10062 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10063 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10064 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10067 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10068 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10069 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10070 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10072 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10073 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10074 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10079 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10082 push_decl_scope (scope)
10085 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table, scope);
10088 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10093 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) <= 0)
10096 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table);
10099 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10100 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10101 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10102 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10103 the current active scope. */
10106 scope_die_for (t, context_die)
10108 dw_die_ref context_die;
10110 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10111 tree containing_scope;
10114 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10118 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10120 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
10121 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10122 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10124 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10125 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10126 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10127 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10128 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10130 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10131 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10132 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10134 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10135 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10136 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10137 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10138 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10143 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10144 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope))
10147 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10148 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10151 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10154 scope_die = context_die;
10159 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10162 local_scope_p (context_die)
10163 dw_die_ref context_die;
10165 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10166 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10167 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10173 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
10176 class_scope_p (context_die)
10177 dw_die_ref context_die;
10179 return (context_die
10180 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10181 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
10184 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10185 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10186 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10189 add_type_attribute (object_die, type, decl_const, decl_volatile, context_die)
10190 dw_die_ref object_die;
10194 dw_die_ref context_die;
10196 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10197 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10199 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10200 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10201 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10202 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10203 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10204 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10205 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10207 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10208 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10209 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10210 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10211 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10214 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10215 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10216 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10219 if (type_die != NULL)
10220 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10223 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10224 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10225 was declared without a tag. */
10227 static const char *
10231 const char *name = 0;
10233 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
10237 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10238 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10239 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
10241 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10242 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10244 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10245 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10246 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
10248 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10250 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
10253 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
10256 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10257 for bit field types. */
10260 member_declared_type (member)
10263 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
10264 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
10267 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10268 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10271 static const char *
10272 decl_start_label (decl)
10276 const char *fnname;
10278 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
10279 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
10283 if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
10286 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
10291 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10292 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10293 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10296 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die)
10298 dw_die_ref context_die;
10300 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10301 dw_die_ref array_die;
10304 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10305 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10306 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10307 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10308 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10311 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
10312 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
10313 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
10315 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
10317 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10318 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10319 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
10320 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
10324 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10325 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10326 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10327 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10328 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10329 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10330 for multidimensional arrays. */
10331 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
10334 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10335 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10336 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10337 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
10338 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10341 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
10343 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10344 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10346 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10347 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10348 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10349 add_subscript_info. */
10350 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10351 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10352 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
10354 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
10357 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10361 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die)
10363 dw_die_ref context_die;
10365 dw_die_ref type_die
10366 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10368 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10369 add_type_attribute (type_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10374 gen_entry_point_die (decl, context_die)
10376 dw_die_ref context_die;
10378 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10379 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
10381 if (origin != NULL)
10382 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
10385 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
10386 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10387 0, 0, context_die);
10390 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10391 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
10393 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
10397 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10398 emit full debugging info for them. */
10401 retry_incomplete_types ()
10405 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
10406 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
10409 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10412 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
10414 dw_die_ref context_die;
10416 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
10418 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10419 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10420 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10423 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10426 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die)
10428 dw_die_ref context_die;
10430 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
10432 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10433 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10434 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10437 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10440 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die)
10442 dw_die_ref context_die;
10444 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
10446 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10447 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10448 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10451 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10452 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10453 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10457 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
10459 dw_die_ref context_die;
10461 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10463 if (type_die == NULL)
10465 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
10466 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10467 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10468 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
10470 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
10473 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10475 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10476 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10477 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10478 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
10482 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10483 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
10484 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
10485 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
10487 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10488 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10489 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
10490 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
10492 for (link = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
10493 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10495 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
10497 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
10498 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
10500 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link), 0))
10502 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link)) < 0)
10503 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10504 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
10506 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10507 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
10512 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10515 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10516 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10519 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10520 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10521 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10522 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10523 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10524 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10525 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10526 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10529 gen_formal_parameter_die (node, context_die)
10531 dw_die_ref context_die;
10533 dw_die_ref parm_die
10534 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
10537 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
10540 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
10541 if (origin != NULL)
10542 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
10545 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
10546 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
10547 TREE_READONLY (node),
10548 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
10550 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
10551 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10554 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
10555 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
10556 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node);
10561 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10562 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
10572 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10573 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10576 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type, context_die)
10578 dw_die_ref context_die;
10580 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
10583 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10584 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10585 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10586 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10589 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type, context_die)
10590 tree function_or_method_type;
10591 dw_die_ref context_die;
10594 tree formal_type = NULL;
10595 tree first_parm_type;
10598 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10600 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
10601 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
10606 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
10608 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10609 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10610 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
10612 dw_die_ref parm_die;
10614 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
10615 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
10618 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10619 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
10620 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
10621 && link == first_parm_type)
10622 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
10623 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10625 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
10627 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
10630 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10631 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10632 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
10633 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
10635 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10636 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10637 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
10638 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
10639 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10640 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
10643 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10644 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10645 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10646 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10647 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10650 gen_type_die_for_member (type, member, context_die)
10652 dw_die_ref context_die;
10654 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
10656 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10657 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10658 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
10659 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
10661 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member))
10664 push_decl_scope (type);
10665 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10666 gen_subprogram_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
10668 gen_variable_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
10674 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10675 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10678 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl)
10681 dw_die_ref old_die;
10684 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
10686 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10687 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
10689 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10690 if (old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10691 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10694 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10695 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10696 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10698 context = decl_class_context (decl);
10700 gen_type_die_for_member
10701 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
10704 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10705 save_fn = current_function_decl;
10706 current_function_decl = decl;
10708 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
10709 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
10710 if (! was_abstract)
10711 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
10713 current_function_decl = save_fn;
10716 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10720 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die)
10722 dw_die_ref context_die;
10724 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10725 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10726 dw_die_ref subr_die;
10730 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10731 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
10732 || class_scope_p (context_die));
10734 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10735 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10736 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10737 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10738 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10740 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10741 if (origin && declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
10748 if (origin != NULL)
10750 if (declaration && ! local_scope_p (context_die))
10753 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10754 inline function. */
10755 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
10756 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
10758 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10759 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
10763 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10765 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
10766 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10767 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10768 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10769 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10771 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10772 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10773 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10774 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10775 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10781 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10782 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10783 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10784 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10785 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10786 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10787 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10788 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
10789 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
10790 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
10791 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10792 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl)))))
10794 subr_die = old_die;
10796 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10797 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10798 remove_children (subr_die);
10802 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10803 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
10804 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
10805 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10806 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10807 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
10809 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10814 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10816 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10817 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
10819 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
10820 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10822 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
10823 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10824 0, 0, context_die);
10827 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
10828 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10829 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10831 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
10832 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10833 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
10834 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10839 if (!old_die || !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10841 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10843 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10844 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10845 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10846 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10847 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10848 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10851 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10853 if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && !flag_no_inline)
10855 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
10856 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
10857 We can't get this completely correct because information
10858 about whether the function was declared inline is not
10860 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl))
10861 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
10863 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
10866 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
10868 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10870 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
10872 if (!old_die || !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10873 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10875 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
10876 current_function_funcdef_no);
10877 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
10878 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10879 current_function_funcdef_no);
10880 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
10882 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
10883 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
10885 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10886 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10887 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
10890 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10891 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10892 variables is relative to one of them. */
10894 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
10895 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
10898 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10899 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10900 if (current_function_needs_context)
10901 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
10902 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl)));
10906 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10907 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10908 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10909 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10910 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10911 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10912 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10913 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10914 an ellipsis at the end. */
10916 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10917 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10918 its formal parameters. */
10919 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10921 else if (declaration)
10922 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
10925 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
10926 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
10929 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10930 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10931 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
10932 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
10934 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
10935 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
10936 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10937 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
10939 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
10942 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10943 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10944 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10945 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10946 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10947 parameters at all. */
10948 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
10949 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
10951 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
10952 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
10953 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
10955 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
10956 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
10959 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10960 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10961 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10963 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10964 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10965 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10966 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10967 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10968 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10969 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10971 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10972 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10973 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10974 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10975 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10976 constructor function. */
10977 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
10979 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
10980 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
10982 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10983 if (current_function_has_inlines)
10985 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
10986 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
10988 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
10989 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
10996 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10999 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die)
11001 dw_die_ref context_die;
11003 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11004 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
11006 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11007 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
11008 || class_scope_p (context_die));
11010 if (origin != NULL)
11011 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
11013 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11014 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11016 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11017 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11020 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
11021 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
11022 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
11024 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11025 add_AT_die_ref (var_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
11026 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
11028 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
11030 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11031 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11033 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11034 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
11036 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line,
11037 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
11042 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11043 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11044 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11046 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11047 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11049 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11050 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11052 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11053 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11054 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11055 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11059 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11061 if (class_scope_p (context_die) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11062 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11064 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11066 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11067 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11070 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11073 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11076 gen_label_die (decl, context_die)
11078 dw_die_ref context_die;
11080 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11081 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11083 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11085 if (origin != NULL)
11086 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11088 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11090 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11091 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11094 insn = DECL_RTL (decl);
11096 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11097 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
11098 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11099 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL
11100 || ((GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
11101 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL)))
11103 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11104 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11105 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11106 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11107 it if it ever does happen. */
11108 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
11111 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11112 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11117 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11120 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
11122 dw_die_ref context_die;
11125 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
11126 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11128 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11130 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11134 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11136 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11139 add_ranges (chain);
11140 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
11147 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11148 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11149 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11150 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11151 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11152 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11156 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
11159 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11162 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
11164 dw_die_ref context_die;
11167 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11169 dw_die_ref subr_die
11170 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
11171 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11172 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11174 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
11175 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11177 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11178 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11179 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11180 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11181 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11182 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11183 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11184 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
11185 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
11188 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11189 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11190 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11191 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11192 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11193 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11194 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11195 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11196 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11197 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11198 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11200 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11203 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11206 gen_field_die (decl, context_die)
11208 dw_die_ref context_die;
11210 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
11212 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11213 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
11214 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
11217 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
11219 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11220 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11221 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11224 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
11225 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11227 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11228 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11230 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11231 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11232 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11233 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11237 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11238 Use modified_type_die instead.
11239 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11240 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11243 gen_pointer_type_die (type, context_die)
11245 dw_die_ref context_die;
11248 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11250 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11251 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11252 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11255 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11256 Use modified_type_die instead.
11257 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11258 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11261 gen_reference_type_die (type, context_die)
11263 dw_die_ref context_die;
11266 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11268 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
11269 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11270 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11274 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11277 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die)
11279 dw_die_ref context_die;
11282 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
11283 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11285 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11286 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11287 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
11288 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11291 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11294 gen_compile_unit_die (filename)
11295 const char *filename;
11298 char producer[250];
11299 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
11302 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
11306 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
11307 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
11308 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
11311 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
11313 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11314 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11315 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11316 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11317 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11318 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11319 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11320 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11321 strcat (producer, " -g");
11324 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
11326 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
11327 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
11328 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11329 language = DW_LANG_Ada83;
11330 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
11331 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
11332 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11333 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
11334 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
11335 language = DW_LANG_Java;
11337 language = DW_LANG_C89;
11339 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
11343 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11346 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die)
11348 dw_die_ref context_die;
11350 dw_die_ref type_die
11351 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11353 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11355 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11356 TODO: add string length info. */
11358 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
11359 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
11363 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11366 gen_inheritance_die (binfo, context_die)
11368 dw_die_ref context_die;
11370 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
11372 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
11373 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
11375 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo))
11376 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
11378 if (TREE_VIA_PUBLIC (binfo))
11379 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
11380 else if (TREE_VIA_PROTECTED (binfo))
11381 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11384 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11387 gen_member_die (type, context_die)
11389 dw_die_ref context_die;
11394 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11395 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11396 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11397 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11398 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11399 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11400 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11401 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11402 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11403 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11404 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11406 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11407 if (TYPE_BINFO (type) && TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type))
11409 tree bases = TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type);
11410 int n_bases = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases);
11413 for (i = 0; i < n_bases; i++)
11414 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases, i), context_die);
11417 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11418 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11420 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11421 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11422 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11423 do put them in the right order. */
11425 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11427 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11429 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11432 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11433 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11435 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11436 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
11439 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11441 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11443 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11447 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11448 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11449 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11452 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die)
11454 dw_die_ref context_die;
11456 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11457 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
11459 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
11460 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11461 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
11463 if (type_die && ! complete)
11466 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
11467 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
11470 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11472 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
11473 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11475 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
11477 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
11478 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
11480 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11482 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
11484 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11487 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11489 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11490 then give a list of members. */
11493 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11494 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11495 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11496 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11497 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11498 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11500 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11501 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11502 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11503 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
11505 push_decl_scope (type);
11506 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
11509 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11510 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
11512 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
11514 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
11515 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11516 lookup_type_die (vtype));
11521 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11523 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11524 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11525 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
11526 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types, type);
11530 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11533 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die)
11535 dw_die_ref context_die;
11537 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11538 dw_die_ref subr_die
11539 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
11540 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11542 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
11543 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
11544 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11545 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
11548 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
11551 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die)
11553 dw_die_ref context_die;
11555 dw_die_ref type_die;
11558 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11561 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
11562 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
11563 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11564 if (origin != NULL)
11565 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
11570 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
11571 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
11573 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
11575 if (type == TREE_TYPE (decl))
11578 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
11581 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
11583 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
11584 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11587 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11588 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
11591 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11594 gen_type_die (type, context_die)
11596 dw_die_ref context_die;
11600 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
11603 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11604 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11605 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11606 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11607 cloned type itself). */
11608 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
11609 type = type_main_variant (type);
11611 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11614 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11615 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11617 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11618 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == type)
11621 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11622 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
11626 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11632 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
11633 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11634 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11635 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11636 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11638 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11640 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11641 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11642 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11646 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11647 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11648 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
11650 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11651 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11653 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11655 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
11659 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type), context_die);
11660 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die);
11664 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11665 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11668 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
11669 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11670 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11671 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
11675 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11676 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11677 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
11681 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
11683 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11684 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
11687 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
11691 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
11694 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11697 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11698 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11699 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11700 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11701 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11702 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11703 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11704 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
11705 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
11706 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
11708 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
11710 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11713 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11714 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11715 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11721 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
11722 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11724 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11729 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11730 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11731 when appropriate. */
11740 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11744 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11751 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11754 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11757 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type, context_die)
11759 dw_die_ref context_die;
11761 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
11764 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11765 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11766 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11768 if (type != type_main_variant (type))
11771 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11772 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11774 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11779 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11780 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11784 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
11788 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11789 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11797 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11798 things which are local to the given block. */
11801 gen_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
11803 dw_die_ref context_die;
11806 int must_output_die = 0;
11809 enum tree_code origin_code;
11811 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11812 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || !TREE_USED (stmt)
11813 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)))
11816 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11817 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11818 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11819 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
11823 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
11824 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
11829 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11830 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11831 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11832 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11833 the current block. */
11834 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11835 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
11837 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11839 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
11840 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11841 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11842 must_output_die = 1;
11845 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11846 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11847 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11848 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11849 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11850 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11851 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11852 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
11854 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11855 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11856 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11857 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11858 as being a "significant" one. */
11859 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL);
11861 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11862 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11863 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
11864 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11865 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
11866 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
11868 must_output_die = 1;
11874 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11875 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11876 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11877 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11878 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11879 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11880 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11881 if (must_output_die)
11883 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
11884 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11886 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11889 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
11892 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11893 all of its sub-blocks. */
11896 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth)
11898 dw_die_ref context_die;
11904 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11905 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || ! TREE_USED (stmt))
11908 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11909 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11910 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11911 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11912 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11916 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11917 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11918 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
11919 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11923 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
11924 add_child_die (context_die, die);
11926 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
11929 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11930 therein) of this block. */
11931 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
11933 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
11934 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
11937 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11940 is_redundant_typedef (decl)
11943 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
11946 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11947 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
11948 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
11949 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
11950 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
11951 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11957 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
11960 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die)
11962 dw_die_ref context_die;
11966 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
11969 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
11975 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11976 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11979 case FUNCTION_DECL:
11980 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11981 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11982 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
11983 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
11986 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
11987 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
11988 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
11990 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
11991 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
11992 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
11993 && ! class_scope_p (context_die)
11994 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
11995 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
11996 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
11997 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
11999 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12000 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
12003 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12004 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12006 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12007 have described its return type. */
12008 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
12010 /* And its virtual context. */
12011 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12012 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
12014 /* And its containing type. */
12015 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12016 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12017 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12020 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12021 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12025 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12026 actual typedefs. */
12027 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12030 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12031 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12032 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12033 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12034 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12035 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12036 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12038 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12042 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
12043 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12045 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12046 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
12050 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12051 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
12055 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12056 variable declarations or definitions. */
12057 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12060 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12062 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12064 /* And its containing type. */
12065 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12066 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12067 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12069 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12070 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12071 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12073 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12074 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
12075 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12077 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
12081 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12082 anonymous unions. */
12083 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
12084 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE)
12086 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
12087 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
12092 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12093 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12096 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12097 /* Ignore for now. */
12105 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12108 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename, context_list)
12109 const char *filename;
12110 const char *context_list;
12112 unsigned int file_index;
12114 if (filename != NULL)
12116 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12117 tree context_list_decl
12118 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
12121 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
12122 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
12123 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
12124 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12125 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
12129 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12130 compilation proper has finished. */
12133 dwarf2out_global_decl (decl)
12136 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12137 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12138 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12139 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12140 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12141 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12144 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12147 dwarf2out_decl (decl)
12150 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
12152 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12157 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12158 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
12159 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
12160 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
12161 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl))
12164 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12165 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12166 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12167 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12168 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12169 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12170 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12171 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12172 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12173 with the definition of the function.
12175 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12176 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12177 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12178 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12179 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12180 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12181 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12182 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12183 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12184 that they *are* definitions).
12186 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12187 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12188 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12189 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12190 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12191 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
12194 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12195 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12196 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12197 if (decl_function_context (decl))
12198 context_die = NULL;
12202 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12203 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12204 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12205 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12206 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12207 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12208 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12209 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12210 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
12213 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12214 variable declarations or definitions. */
12215 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12220 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12221 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
12224 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12225 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12226 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl) == 0)
12228 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12229 comparisons have. */
12230 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
12231 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
12232 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12233 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12234 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
12239 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12240 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12243 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12244 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12245 if (decl_function_context (decl))
12246 context_die = NULL;
12254 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12257 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12258 a lexical block. */
12261 dwarf2out_begin_block (line, blocknum)
12262 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12263 unsigned int blocknum;
12265 function_section (current_function_decl);
12266 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
12269 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12273 dwarf2out_end_block (line, blocknum)
12274 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12275 unsigned int blocknum;
12277 function_section (current_function_decl);
12278 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
12281 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12282 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12284 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12285 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12286 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12289 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block)
12294 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12295 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12296 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
12302 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12303 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12304 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12305 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12306 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12307 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12308 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12309 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12310 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12314 lookup_filename (file_name)
12315 const char *file_name;
12318 char *save_file_name;
12320 /* ??? Why isn't DECL_SOURCE_FILE left null instead. */
12321 if (strcmp (file_name, "<internal>") == 0
12322 || strcmp (file_name, "<built-in>") == 0)
12325 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12326 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12327 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
12330 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
12331 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
12332 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
12335 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12336 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
12337 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
12338 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
12340 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
12344 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12345 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
12346 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
12347 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
12349 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
12351 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", i);
12352 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file, file_name);
12353 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
12362 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12363 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
12365 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12366 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
12367 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
12370 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12371 and record information relating to this source line, in
12372 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12375 dwarf2out_source_line (line, filename)
12377 const char *filename;
12379 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12381 function_section (current_function_decl);
12383 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12384 if (flag_debug_asm)
12385 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
12388 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
12390 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12392 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12393 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
12395 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12396 line_info_table_in_use++;
12398 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12399 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12400 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
12402 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12404 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
12405 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12406 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
12408 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12409 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12410 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
12412 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12413 separate_line_info_table
12414 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref)
12415 ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
12416 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12417 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
12418 memset ((separate_line_info_table
12419 + separate_line_info_table_in_use),
12421 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12422 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
12425 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12427 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
12428 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12429 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
12430 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
12434 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
12436 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12437 line_info_table_in_use);
12439 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12440 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
12442 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12444 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
12445 (line_info_table_allocated
12446 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
12447 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
12448 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
12451 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12452 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
12453 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12454 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
12459 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12462 dwarf2out_start_source_file (lineno, filename)
12463 unsigned int lineno;
12464 const char *filename;
12466 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && !is_main_source)
12468 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12469 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
12471 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12472 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
12475 is_main_source = 0;
12477 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12479 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12480 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
12481 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
12483 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename),
12484 "Filename we just started");
12488 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12491 dwarf2out_end_source_file (lineno)
12492 unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12494 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12495 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12496 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12498 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12500 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12501 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
12505 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12506 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12507 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12510 dwarf2out_define (lineno, buffer)
12511 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12512 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12514 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12516 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12517 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
12518 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
12519 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
12523 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12524 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12525 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12528 dwarf2out_undef (lineno, buffer)
12529 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12530 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12532 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12534 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12535 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
12536 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
12537 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
12541 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12544 dwarf2out_init (input_filename)
12545 const char *input_filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12547 init_file_table ();
12549 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12550 decl_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12551 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
12552 decl_die_table_allocated = DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12553 decl_die_table_in_use = 0;
12555 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12556 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12558 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12559 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12560 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
12561 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12562 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12563 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
12565 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12566 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12567 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
12568 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12570 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12571 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
12573 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12574 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12575 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12576 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12577 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12578 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12579 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
12580 is_main_source = 1;
12582 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types, 64, "incomplete_types");
12584 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12586 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
12587 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
12588 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12589 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
12590 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12592 strcpy (text_section_label, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME));
12594 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
12595 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12596 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
12597 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12598 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
12599 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12600 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12601 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
12602 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12603 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
12604 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12605 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
12607 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12609 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12610 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
12611 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12612 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
12615 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
12618 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
12622 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12623 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12626 output_indirect_string (h, v)
12628 void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12630 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
12632 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
12634 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS);
12635 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
12636 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
12642 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
12643 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
12646 dwarf2out_finish (input_filename)
12647 const char *input_filename;
12649 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
12650 dw_die_ref die = 0;
12652 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
12653 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
12654 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, input_filename);
12655 if (input_filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
12656 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
12658 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
12659 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
12660 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
12661 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
12663 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
12665 next_node = node->next;
12668 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
12670 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
12674 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
12675 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
12677 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
12678 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
12679 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
12680 else if (node->created_for
12681 && TREE_CODE (node->created_for) == SAVE_EXPR
12682 && 0 != (origin = (lookup_decl_die
12684 (node->created_for)))))
12685 add_child_die (origin, die);
12686 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
12687 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
12688 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
12689 else if (node->created_for
12690 && ((DECL_P (node->created_for)
12691 && (context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for)))
12692 || (TYPE_P (node->created_for)
12693 && (context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for))))
12694 && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12696 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
12697 nested function can be optimized away, which results
12698 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
12699 with the return type of that nested function. Force
12700 this to be a child of the containing function. */
12701 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
12704 add_child_die (origin, die);
12711 limbo_die_list = NULL;
12713 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
12714 emit full debugging info for them. */
12715 retry_incomplete_types ();
12717 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
12718 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
12719 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
12721 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
12722 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
12723 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12724 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
12726 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
12727 that have children. */
12728 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
12729 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12730 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
12732 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
12734 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
12736 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
12737 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
12738 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
12739 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
12740 examining the file. */
12741 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
12743 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12744 output_line_info ();
12747 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
12748 if (have_location_lists)
12750 /* Output the location lists info. */
12751 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12752 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
12753 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12754 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
12755 output_location_lists (die);
12756 have_location_lists = 0;
12759 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
12761 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
12763 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
12764 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
12767 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
12768 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
12769 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
12770 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
12772 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12773 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
12774 debug_line_section_label);
12776 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12777 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
12779 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
12780 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
12781 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12782 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
12784 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
12786 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
12787 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12788 output_abbrev_section ();
12790 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
12791 if (pubname_table_in_use)
12793 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12794 output_pubnames ();
12797 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
12798 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
12799 if (fde_table_in_use)
12801 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12805 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
12806 if (ranges_table_in_use)
12808 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12809 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
12813 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
12814 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12816 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12817 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
12818 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
12821 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
12823 if (debug_str_hash)
12824 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
12828 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
12829 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
12831 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12833 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"